B.Tech Degree Course – 2008 Scheme REGULATIONS
1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech degree course shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination, Kerala or 12th Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.S.C. or any examination accepted by the university as equivalent thereto obtaining not less than 50% in Mathematics and 50% in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry/ Bio- technology/ Computer Science/ Biology put together, or a diploma in Engineering awarded by the Board of Technical Education, Kerala or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto after undergoing an institutional course of at least three years securing a minimum of 50 % marks in the final diploma examination subject to the usual concessions allowed for backward classes and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course i) The course for the B.Tech Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semester shall be combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the curriculum and scheme of examination ii) Each semester shall ordinarily comprise of not less than 400 working periods each of 60 minutes duration iii) A candidate who could not complete the programme and pass all examinations within Ten (10) years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme will not be allowed to continue and he has to quit the Programme. However he can be readmitted to the first year of the programme if he/she satisfies the eligibility norms applicable to the regular candidates prevailing at the time of readmission. 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the degree of bachelor of technology shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained by or affiliated to the University of Kerala for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all the examinations specified in the scheme of study 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi prescribed 5. Evaluation Candidates in each semester will be evaluated both by continuous assessment and end semester University examination. The individual maximum marks allotted for continuous assessment and University examination for each subject is as prescribed by the scheme of study. 5.1 Continuous Assessment (C.A) The marks awarded for the continuous assessment will be on the basis of the day-to-day work, periodic tests (minimum two in a semester) and assignments (minimum of three – one each from each module). The faculty member concerned will do the continuous assessment for each semester. The C.A. marks for the individual subjects shall be computed by giving weight age to the following parameters.


Subject Theory Subjects Drawing Practical Project Work



20% 50% 20% 40% 20% 40% Work Assessed by Guide – 50% Assessed by a three member committee out of which one member is the guide – 50%

Assignments/ Class Work 30% 40% 40%

The C.A. marks for the attendance (20%) for each theory, practical and drawing shall be awarded in full only if the candidate has secured 90% attendance or above in the subject. Proportionate reduction shall be made in the case of subjects in which he/she gets below 90% of the attendance for a subject. The CA marks obtained by the student for all subjects in a semester is to be published at least 5 days before the commencement of the University examinations. Anomalies if any may be scrutinized by the department committee and the final CA marks are forwarded to the university within the stipulated time. 5.2. End Semester University Examinations i) There will be University examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed under the respective scheme of examinations. Semester classes shall be completed at least 10 working days before the commencement of the University examination. The examination will be held twice in an year – April/May session (for even semester) and October/November session (for odd semester). The combined 1st and nd 2 semester is reckoned as equivalent to an even semester for the purpose of conduct of examination and the University examination will be held during April/May. However VII and VIII Semester examination will be conducted in both the sessions. This schedule will not be changed A student will be permitted to appear for the university examination only if he/she satisfies the following requirements a. He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter and shall be physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 50% of total working periods for each subject b. He must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution of having satisfactorily completed the course of study in the semester as prescribed by these regulations c. It shall be open to the Vice-Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following norms d. The attendance shall not be less than 60% of the total working periods e. He/she shall be physically present for a minimum of 50% of the total working periods f. The shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire course g. The condonation shall be granted subject to the rules and procedures prescribed by the university from time to time. st nd h. The condonation for combined 1 and 2 semesters will be reckoned as a single condonation for attendance purposes. A student who is not permitted to appear for the University examinations for a particular semester due to the shortage of attendance and not permitted by the authorities for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the semester when it is offered again. This provision is allowed only once for a semester. The university will conduct examinations for all subjects (Theory, Drawing & Practical) The scheme of valuation will be decided by the chief examiner for theory / drawing subjects For practical examinations, the examiners together will decide the marks to be awarded. The student shall produce the certified record of the work done in the




v) vi) vii)


CGPA is calculated in a 10-point scale as shown below.A marks+ University Exam mark) and the corresponding grade point in a ten-point scale is described below.A marks + University Exam mark) is 50 % or above.P) 10 9 8. 8.5 8 7. Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) Grade point average is the semester wise average points obtained by each student in a 10point scale. C.E only Letter Grade S A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F Grade (G. GPA for a particular semester is calculated as per the calculation shown below. A candidate who does not secure a full pass in a semester examination as per clause (a) above will have to pass in all the subjects of the semester examination as per clause (b) above before he is declared to have passed in that semester examination in full. GPA = Credit × GP obtained for the subject credit for subject Cumulative Grade point Average (CGPA) is the average grade points obtained by the students till the end of any particular semester.5 7 6. GPA for the semester and CGPA up to that particular semester. letter grades obtained.5 0 Point Remarks Excellent Failed 7. A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester examination if he/she secures grade ‘E’ or above. % of Total marks (C.5 GPA with a minimum of ‘E’ grade for the all individual subject in that semester. B. The evaluation of the candidate should be as per the guidelines given in the syllabus for the practical subject.5 6 5.laboratory during the examination. In addition to the grade cards for each semester all successful candidate shall also be issued a consolidated statement grades. D. A. E and F) will be awarded. C+. credits for the subject. Letter Grades For each subject in a semester. 4 . Letter grade corresponding to total marks (C.A+. No absolute mark will be indicated in the grade card. Minimum for a pass a) b) c) A candidate shall be declared to have passed a semester examination in full in the first appearance if he/she secures not less than 5.A marks + University Exam mark) 90 % and above 85 % and above but less than 90% 80 % and above but less than 85% 75 % and above but less than 80% 70 % and above but less than 75% 65 % and above but less than 70% 60 % and above but less than 65% 55 % and above but less than 60% 50 % and above but less than 55% Below 50% (C. based on the total marks obtained by the student in the University examination and Continuous assessment put together a letter grade (S. On specific request from a candidate and after remitting the prescribed fees the University shall issue detailed mark to the individual candidate. CGPA = Credits for semester × GPA obtained for the semester credits for the semester GPA and CGPA shall be rounded to two decimal points. B+. The Grade card issued to the students shall contain subject number and subject name.E) or below 40 % for U. 6. All letter grades except ‘F’ will be awarded if the marks for the University examination is 40 % or above and the total mark (C.A + U.

b) He/she shall not combine this course work with his/her regular course work c) He/she shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full d) The C.Tech Degree examination in SECOND CLASS iv) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (Eight consecutive semesters after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the CGPA in all eight semesters put together.5 CGPA up to and including eighth semester shall be declared to have passed the B. Students who pass the examination in supplementary examination are also covered under this clause 11.A marks obtained by the repetition of the course work will be considered for all purposes iii) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examination of the University of Kerala.9. will have effect from the beginning of the academic year / semester following the notification of the University 5 . 10.A. combined with the vacation / holidays if required. These changes unless specified otherwise.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS. Classification of Successful candidates i) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures not less than 8 CGPA up to and including eighth semester (overall CGPA) shall be declared to have passed the B. scheme of examinations and syllabi. b) The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subjects of the VII & VIII semesters c) The grades obtained by the candidate for each subject in the improvement chance he has appeared for or the already existing grades – whichever is better will be reckoned as the grades secured. marks already obtained. amend or change the regulations. In the case of a tie in the CGPA the total marks of the students who have got same CGPA shall be considered for finalizing the rank. subject to the following conditions a) He/she shall repeat the course work in a particular semester only once and that too at the earliest opportunity offered to him/her. iii) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the B. d) First & Second semester will be counted as a single chance and they can improve a maximum of three subjects ii) A candidate shall be allowed to repeat the course work in one or more semesters in order to better the C. Revision of Regulations The university may from time to time revise. c) The tour period shall be considered as part of the working periods of a semester 12. Educational Tour a) The students may undertake one educational tour preferably after fourth semester of the course and submit a tour report b) The tour may be conducted during the vacation / holidays taking not more than 5 working days.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION ii) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures less than 8 CGPA but not less than 6. Total number of Tour days shall not exceed 15 days. Improvement of Grades i) A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for a maximum of two subjects of a semester examination in order to improve the marks and hence the grades already obtained subject to the following conditions a) The candidate shall be permitted to improve the examination only along with next available chance. curriculum.


Combined I and II Semesters, 2008 scheme (Common for all branches)
Course No 08.101 08.102 08.103 08.104 08.105 08.106 08.107 08.108 08.109 08.110 Weekly load, hours L Engineering Mathematics Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Graphics Engineering Mechanics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Basic Communication and Information Engineering Engineering Workshops Total 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 17 T 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 D/P 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4
Max sessio nal marks Exam Dur Hrs Exam max marks Cre dits

Name of subject

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 500

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 58

The subject 08.109 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering,

Semester III
Course No

Name of subject

Weekly load, hours L T D/P

08.301 08.302 08.303 08.304 08.305 08.306

08.307 08.308

Engineering. Mathematics – II (CMPUNERFHBTA) Humanities (MPUE) Fluid Mechanics and Machines(MPU) Mechanics of Solids (MPU) Thermodynamics Engineering Drawing (MPU) Part A: Machine Drawing Part B : Civil Engg. Drawing & Estimation Civil Engineering Lab (MPU) Computer Aided Drafting and Modeling Lab Total

3 3 4 3 3 0 1 0 0 17

1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 4

2 2 2 2 8

Max session al marks

50 50 50 50 50

Exa m Dur Hrs

Exam max marks

Cre dits

3 3 3 3 3

100 100 100 100 100 100 (50+50) 100 100 800

4 3 5 4 4 5

25 25 50 50 400

4 3 3

2 2 29


Semester IV
Course No Name of subject

Weekly load, hours L T D/P

08.401 08.402 08.403 08.404 08.405 08.406 08.407 08.408

Engineering Mathematics – III (CMPUNERFHB) Computer programming and numerical methods (MNPU) Metallurgy & Material science(MP) Manufacturing Process (MN) Thermal Engineering (MU) Machine Drawing Fluid Mechanics & Machines Lab. (MN) IC Engines Lab Total

3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 15

1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 5

0 3 3 3 9

Max sessi onal marks

50 50 50

Exa m Dur. Hrs

Exam max marks

Cre dits

3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 29

50 50 50 50 50 400

Semester V
Course No

Name of subject

Weekly load, hours


08.501 08.502 08.503 08.504 08.505 08.506 08.507 08.508

Engineering Mathematics IV,(CMPU) Electrical Technology.(MPU) Theory of Machines (MP) Industrial Electronics(MP) Machine Tools(MN) Elective I Production Engineering Lab Electrical & Electronics Lab (MPU) Total

3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6

3 3 6

Max sessio nal marks


Exa m Dur Hrs

Exam max marks

Cre dits


100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

The subject 08.504 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering,

Semester VI
Course No

Name of subject

Weekly load, hours L T D/P

08.601 08.602 08.603 08.604 08.605 08.606 08.607 08.608

Metrology &Instrumentation(MP) Dynamics of Machinery (MP) Computer Aided Design (MPU) Heat & Mass Transfer (MU) Design of Machine Elements - I Elective – II CAD Analysis Lab Machine Tools Lab Total

3 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 17

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6

3 3 6

Max sessio nal marks

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Exa m Dur Hrs

Exam max marks

Cre dits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 29


Semester VII
Course No

Name of subject

Weekly load, hours L T D/P

08.701 08.702 08.703 08.704 08.705 08.706 08.707 08.708 08.709

Principles of Management and Decision modeling (MPU) Mechatronics (MPU) Gas Dynamics Refrigeration & Air conditioning Design of Machine Elements II Elective III Thermal Engineering Lab Mechanical Engineering Lab Project & Seminar (MPU) Total
Name of subject

2 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 17

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6

2 2 2 6

Max session al marks


Exa m Dur Hrs

Exam max marks

Cre dits


100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800

3 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 29
Cre dits

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 500
Max session al marks

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Semester VIII
Course No

Weekly load, hours L T D/P

08.801 08.802 08.803 08.804 08.805 08.806 08.807 08.808

Energy Management(MPU) Industrial Engineering (MPU) Automobile Engineering Computer Integrated Manufacturing (MU) Elective IV Elective V Industrial Seminar (MPU) Project & Viva voce (MPU) Total

2 2 3 3 3 3 0 0 16

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6

2 5 7

50 50 50 50

Exa m Dur Hrs

Exam max marks

3 3 3 3

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 700

3 3 4 4 4 4 2 5 29

50 50 50 150 500

3 3


Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Total Quality Management 12.706 Elective III 9 . Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Mechanical working Methods 6. Production and Automobile Engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08.LIST OF ELECTIVES ELECTIVE SECTION (Electives are common to Mechanical. Composite Materials Technology 12. Machine tool Technology 12. Finite Element Methods 10. Instrumentation and control 9. Non Destructive Testing 14. Professional ethics and human values 6. Micromachining Methods 16. Marketing Management. Metal Forming 11. Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. Mech. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Computer Graphics 2. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Internet Technologies 13. 7. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Powder Metallurgy 15. 506 Elective I 1. Material Characterisation 15. New Energy systems 3. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Creativity. Foundry Technology 9. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Materials Handling 10. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 1. Bio Materials 19. Automotive Airconditioning 17. Advanced Welding technology 8. Environmental Pollution Control 10.606 Elective II 1. Human aspects of management 3. Failure Analysis 17. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Innovation and New Product Development 08. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Industrial Automation 21. Disaster Management 4. Agro Machinery 11. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Object Oriented Programming 4. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. Glimpses of world thought 5. Tool Engineering (MU) 17Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Environmental Science 7. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Nuclear Engineering 5. Concurrent Engineering 20. Fracture Mechanics 6. Industrial Heat Transfer 4.

Continuum Mechanics 17. Propulsion Engineering 2. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Aerospace Engineering 3. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. High Temperature Materials 22. Value Engineering. Technology Forecasting 13. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Production & Operations Management 15. Software Engineering 13. Design of IC Engines 17.Road Vehicles 25. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Project Management 16.1. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Engineering Design 24. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. 08. Random vibrations 8. Off. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. 805 Elective IV 1. Industrial Quality Control 4. Management Information Systems 14. Tribology 11. 12. Nanotechnology 20. Multiphase flow 8. Computerized Materials Management 7. Bio Medical Engineering. Surface Engineering 21. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Robotics 18. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Creativity& Product Development 6. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. 806 Elective V 10 . Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Financial Management 10. 15. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Research Methodology 19. Rapid Prototyping 20. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Product and brand management 18. Controls in Machine tools 9. Facilities Planning 4.

Reduction to canonical forms-Nature of quadratic forms-Definiteness.Leibnitz rule on differentiation under integral sign. Thomson 3.Linear dependence and independence of vectors.Total derivatives.103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS.Physical interpretation of gradient.Successive differentiation. unit impulse function and periodic functions-second shifiting theorem. Differential Equations and Applications:. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Nazarudeen and Royson.Lagrange’s method. Michel D Greenberg. 8 edition.Cayley Hamilton theorem(no proof).Linear differential equations with constant coefficients.Leibnitz’ Theorem(without proof). Tata Mc Graw Hill. Wiley Eastern.Transforms of elementary functions .Identities involving ∇ (no proof) .S.Pearson International 6. MODULE-III Matrices:-Rank of a matrix.Evolute ( Cartesian . 2006 5. rank. 2.Jacobians.Quadratic forms.Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions.1 Credit: 6 Applications of differentiation:– Definition of Hyperbolic functions and their derivatives.Convolution theorem(without proof)-Transforms of unit step function. REFERENCES th 1.Method of variation of parameters . Advanced Engineering Mathematics.08.V.Grewal . Higher Engineering Mathematics.polar and parametric forms) Partial differentiation and applications:. Khanna Publishers 4.Irrotational and solenoidal fields – Scalar potential.I L-T-P: 2-1-0 MODULE.Equivalent matricesInverse of a matrix by gauss-Jordan method. Kreyszig.Echelon form and normal form.shifting propertyInverse transforms. B.Scalar and vector fieldsOperator ∇ .Consistency.Diagonalisation.Application to orthogonal trajectories (cartisian form only). Higher Engineering Mathematics. Peter O’ Neil . Sureshan J.centre of curvature.Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms. Vector differentiation and applications :.Transform functions multiplied by t and divided by t .Curl.Transforms of derivatives and integrals. MODULE-II Laplace transforms:. B.CurvatureRadius of curvature.Solution of a system linear equations-Non homogeneous and homogeneous equations.Ramana.Eigen values and eigen vectors – Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors.Scalar and vector functionsdifferentiation of vector functions-Velocity and acceleration.Errors and approximationsTaylor’s series (one and two variables) .Gradient. Engineering Mathematics I.Partial derivatives.Maxima and minima of functions of two variables . signature and index.Cauchy and Legendre equations –Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients.Directional derivativeDivergence. Zenith Publications 11 .Elementary transformations. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.

Antireflection coating. Photo elasticity – isoclinic and isochromatic fringes – photo elastic bench Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment.Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle. Three dimensional waves . Directions and planes.08. Double refraction. Nano materials. Michelson’s interferometer. Energy and momentum operators. Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit. Diffraction of Light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. BCS theory (qualitative). curl and their physical significance. Poynting’s theorem (qualitative only) Physics of Solids: Space lattice. Bosons and Fermions. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution. Relativistic mass. Expectation values. Interplanar spacing in terms of Miller indices. Plane transmission grating. Shape memory alloys. Population inversion and stimulated emission. Deduction of Maxwell’s equations. Helium-Neon Laser. Derivation of Planck’s formula. Energy in wave motion. Holography. Time Dependent and Time Independent Schrodinger equations. Polarization of Light: Types of polarized light. Types of optical fibers. Basic postulates of Maxwell-Boltzmann. Production and analysis of circularly and elliptically polarized light. MODULE – III Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter. Lorentz transformation equations (no derivation).Meissner effect. Uncertainty principle. Mass less particle. Statistical Mechanics: Macrostates and Microstates. Types of waves. Resolving power of telescope and microscope. Electromagnetic Theory: Del operator – grad. Tunnelling (qualitative). Wave function. Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves.II Interference of Light: Concept of temporal and spatial coherence. Laser: Einstein’s coefficients. Polaroids.102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS L-T-P: 2-1-0 Credit: 6 MODULE-I Oscillations and Waves: Basic ideas of harmonic oscillations – Differential equation of a SHM and its solution. Mass energy relation. Theory of forced harmonic oscillations and resonance. Eigen values and functions. E and H are at right angles. One dimensional waves – Differential Equation. circular and elliptically polarized light.Differential Equation and solution. Coordination number and packing factor with reference to simple cubic. Bragg’s law. X-ray diffraction. Resolving power of grating. Velocity of transverse waves along a stretched string. Prediction of electromagnetic waves. Free electrons in a metal as a Fermi gas. Nicol Prism. Simultaneity. Ruby Laser. Carbon dioxide Laser (qualitative). Introduction to new materials (qualitative) -Metallic glasses. Time dilation. Retardation plates. Einstein’s postulates. Interference in thin films and wedge shaped films. Unit cell and lattice parameters. Density of states. Crystal systems. Theory of plane. 12 . Newton’s rings. Optical resonant cavity. Particle in one dimensional box. Fiber Optics . Phase space. Plane waves and spherical waves. Distribution equations in the three cases (no derivation). Bio materials. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. MODULE. Quality factor. Determination of wave length and thickness. Theory of damped harmonic oscillations. Concept of displacement current. Miller indices. Induced birefringence. High temperature superconductors. Semiconductor Laser (qualitative). body centered cubic and face centered cubic crystals. Type-I and Type-II superconductors. Interference filters. Fermi energy. Velocity addition. Super conductivity . Applications of superconductors. Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture (qualitative). Grating equation. Length contraction. div. Harmonic waves. Applications.

Pearson Frank & Leno.A. Hassan et al. III Edn. Pearson S O Pillai. 3. Aswathy Publishers. IV Edn. Polarization by reflection – Brewster’s law. Part A contains short answer questions for 40 marks. 11... 11. Newton’s Rings – Determination of wave length. each of 10 marks. 4. Michelson’s interferometer – Wavelength of light. 5. Introduction to Optics. 4. T. Spectrometer – Refractive indices of calcite for the ordinary and extraordinary rays. Trivandrum B. 8. Premlet. IV Edn.. XI Edn. 3. This part contains 10 questions without any choice. in 3 hour duration. From each module. Sears & Zemansky . Part B contains long answer questions for 60 marks. The syllabus is spread in 3 modules. 10. Upadhyaya. Advanced Engineering Physics . 8. 9. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. 6. The question paper will consist of two parts (A and B). Nanotechnology. this part contains 3 questions out of which 2 are to be answered. Kollam. 9. Solid State Physics. Elementary Solid State Physics. Pearson Robert Resnick . 6.. John Willey and Sons Richard L Libboff. . Pearson Donald A Mcquarrie. University Physics. Michelson’s interferometer – Thickness of thin transparent film. Prentice Hall of India Eugene Hecht. Introduction to Electrodynamics. 10. Phasor Books. Introduction to Special Relativity. each of 4 marks (uniformly taken from all modules). Pearson J. Pearson M Ali Omar. 13 . Air Wedge – Diameter of a thin wire Spectrometer – Plane transmission grating – wavelength of light. 12. Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers.. 14. Optics. III Edn.... LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS 1. 13. Long answer questions from all the 3 modules will form 60 marks. 2. 5. New Age International Publishers John R Taylor..C. (Gauss’ law & Ampere’s law) Pattern of Question Paper University examination is for a maximum of 100 marks. Statistical Mechanics.REFERENCE: 1. Mechanics. . Computer stimulation – superposition of waves. 7. II Edn. Computer stimulation – study of E & H. Laser – Diffraction at a narrow slit. Vivo Books Mark Ratner& Daniel Ratner. Chris D Zafiratos & Michael A Dubson. Ram Prasad & Sons David J Griffiths. 7. 2. A Text Book of Engineering Physics. Laser – Diffraction at a straight wire or circular aperture.

Urea formaldehyde resin. (2hrs) Fuels.Origin of electrode potential.BOD and COD.Estimation of hardness.HCV and LCV-Experimental determination of calorific valueTheoretical calculation of calorific value by Dulongs formula . Transfer and Extrusion moulding)-Preparation.paint (4hrs) Nano materials. . PVA.Mechanism of polymarisation (Addition.Electrodes. Elastomersstructure of natural rubber.Electrode potential.Calorific EDTA method.Helmotz double layer.Lead acid cell. properties and uses of PVC. electro dialysis.Gas chromatography.Aerobic .Galvanic series. Differential thermal analysis and applications.Saturated calomel electrode.Introduction-Classification-preparation (laser abrasion technique and sputtering technique).Reference electrodes. cathodic protection).Beer Lamberts law.Methods of disinfection of water-Desalination process (Reverse osmosis. (5hrs) Protective coatings.Air pollution.Standared hydrogen electrode. cationic. anionic and coordination polymarisation).Priming and foaming. Stress corrosion.Coductometric and Potentiometric titrations (acid base. Rotational spectra (Determination of bond length and application).Chemical conversion coatings.General principles.Nickel cadmium cell.Classifications.Thermoplastics and thermosetting plasticsCompounding of plastics-Moulding techniques of plastics (Compression. (3hrs) Thermal methods of analysis-Basic principles involved in Thermo gravimetry. oxidation reduction and precipitation titrations).Types of corrosion (Concentration cell corrosion. PMMA.Theories of corrosion (chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion).Boiler corrosion-Water softening methods. (4hrs) Cement.Secondary cells.Theory of setting and hardening of cement (2hrs) 14 .Factors affecting corrosion (nature of metal and nature of environment) and different methods of corrosion control (corrosion inhibitors.Anaerobic and USAB processes.Nernst equation and application. (2hrs) MODULE-3 Polymers.Fuel cells.08.aniline value.solid and liquid lubricant. Lime-soda process. spin-spin splitting) (6hrs) Chromatography.Degree of hardness. Injection.Domestic water treatment.Properties of lubricants-Viscosity index. (12hrs) Corrosion and its control.Silicon polymers.103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY L-T-P: 2-1-0 Credit: 6 MODULE-1 Electrochemistry .Distillation).Concentration cells. Vibrational spectra (mechanism of interaction and application). and pour point.Metallic coatings. NMR spectra (Basic principle. polyacetylene and [polypyrrol and its applications. (4hrs) MODULE-2 Water treatment. Bakelite.flash and fire point. Galvanic corrosion) .Molecular energy levels-Types of molecular spectra.Electronic spectra (Classification of electronic transitions. (2hrs) Spectroscopy.Bio fuels -Bio hydrogen and Biodiesel (5hrs) Lubricants. (12hrs) Envirnmental damages and prevention.Lithium-ion cell. free radical.Introduction-Mechanism of lubrication.vulcanisation.CFCs and ozone depletionAlternative refrigerents-Green house effect-Water pollution. Ion exchange methods-Internal treatments (colloidal.Manufacture of Portland cement.Related problems. Butyl rubber and Neoprene) (12hrs) Organo electronic compounds -Super conducting and conducting organic materials like Polyaniline.Sludge and scales in boilers. PET.High performance liquid chromatography.Chemical method (reduction)-Properties and Applications of nano materials-Nano tubes-Nano wires. phosphate and calgon conditioning).synthetic rubbers (Buna-S.Biodegradable plastics.Waste water treatment. chemical shift.Quinhydron electrode-Determination of PH using these electrodes. Nylon.Types of hardness.

5. Chemistry of Engineering and Technology Vol. 15.C. 9. 12. D. Engineering Chemistry Juhaina Ahad . 2. I & II R. 11. Nanoscale materials in chemistry B. 3. 10. Estimation of copper in brass. Engineering Chemistry.J.Gonser . Merrit and J. Material Science and engineering. Determinations of PH using glass electrode and quinhydron electrode. 5.Venkappayya & S. Thiruvananthapuram 15 . 4. 7. Nagarajan . Estimation of dissolved oxygen. Potentiometric titrations.A. Willard.R. Environmental Chemistry K. 6. Kuriakose and J. Elements of Material science and Engineering J. Determination of flash and fire point of a lubricating oil by Pensky Marten’s apparatus. A text book of physical chemistry P. Chemistry of liquid crystals S. De . Estimation of total hardness in water using EDTA. 11.Glasstone . 7. Ane Students Edition. Determination of molarity of HCl solution PH-metrically. 6. 8. Engineering Chemistry J.K. 13. 14. Rajaram . Estimation of iron in a sample of heamatite.Raghavan. Estimation of chloride ions in domestic water.H. H. Modern materials V. A text book of Engineering Chemistry R. 9. Preparation of buffers and standardisation of PH meter. Instrumental methods of analysis A. L.Klauhunde. Engineering Chemistry Shashi Chawla . Jain. REFERENCES 1. Gopalan. Estimation of COD in sewage water.A. Gowariker . 12. Polymer science B. A first course L.W. 4. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder. 8.C.Goodby . 2. 3.W.N Goyal and Harmendra Goeal.LAB-EXPERIMENTS (DEMONSTRATION ONLY) 1. 10. Van Vlack .L. Dean .

octahedron. Isometric view and projections of simple solids like prisms. cone. cylinder. Demonstration of any one CAD software.) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection. abscissa and the transverse axis (iii) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve. Perspective projection of simple solids like prisms and pyramids in simple positions. MODULE II PROJECTION OF SOLIDS: Projection of simple solids such as prisms. cylinder. Principles of Orthographic projection. MODULE III ISOMETRIC PROJECTION: Isometric scale. Involute of a circle. (i) Cylinder and cylinder (ii)Prism and prism. CAD: Introduction to CAD systems. SECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Types of cutting planes. perpendicular and inclined cutting planes. Various Soft wares for CAD. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of surfaces of (i) simple solids like prisms. frustum of solids and also their combinations. pyramids. Projections of points and lines. Construction of ellipse: (i) Arc of circles method (ii) Rectangle method (ii) Concentric circles method. Epicycloid and Hypocycloid. inclination with planes of projection and traces of lines. Benefits of CAD. pyramids. 16 . Archimedian spiral. sphere and their auxiliary projections. Logarithmic spiral and Helix. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES: Types of projections. dimensioning. Construction of hyperbola (i) Arc of circles method (ii) given ordinate. cylinder and cone (ii) Cut regular solids. (1 sheet practice) MODULE I PLAIN CURVES: Conic sections by eccentricity method. section of simple solids cut by parallel. lettering. symbols and drawing instruments.104 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS L-T-P: 1-0-2 Credit: 6 INTRODUCTION: Introduction to technical drawing and its language. Lines. cone sphere. definition of perspective terminology. tetrahedron. pyramids. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves MISCELLANEOUS CURVES: Construction of Cycloid. Determination of true length.08. INTERSECTION OF SURFACES: Intersection of surfaces of two solids as given below. Construction of parabola (i) Rectangle method (ii) Tangent method. Their projections and true shape of cut sections. scaling of figures. (iii) Cone and Cylinder (Only cases where the axes are perpendicular to each other and intersecting with or without offset.

P.N. Engineering Graphics 9. Luzadder and Duff . K. Gopalakrishnan. Engineering Drawing 7.S. Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing 2.I. Bhatt .General Note: (i) First angle projection to be followed (ii) Question paper shall contain 3 questions from each module. John. Varghese. (iii) Distribution of marks Module -I 2 x 16 = 32 Module -II 2 x 17 = 34 Module III 2 x 17 = 34 __________ 100 REFERENCES 1. K. P. Anil Kumar. Engineering Drawing and Graphics 4. K. D. Engineering Graphics 5.R. Venugopal . Engineering Drawing 8. N. Engineering Graphics 6. except from CAD. Engineering Graphics 17 . Thamaraselvi. Engineering Drawing 3. Students are required to answer any two questions from each module. Gill. K.C.

MODULE II (20 HRS) Properties of surfaces. “Engineering Mechanics. H. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. Umesh Publications. Friction-Laws of friction-angle of friction. Timoshenko S.. Shames.Radius of Gyrationmoment of inertia of composite areas. Forces in space.Theorems of Pappus-GouldinusMoment of inertia of areas.. Kinetics of rigid bodies under combined translatory and rotational motion – work – energy principle for rigid bodies.D’Alembert’s principle in curvilinear motion.centroid of composite areas.Motion of lift.. & Young D. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited.principle of transmissibility of a forcecomposition and resolution. 3. Mc-Graw Hill –International Edition 4.ladder friction. Delhi. out of which two should be answered (10 x 2 x 3 = 60).Motion of connected bodies. equations of equilibrium. Rajasekaran S. Collision of elastic bodies-Law of conservation of momentum-Direct and oblique impact between elastic bodies and impact with fixed plane. 2005. Tayal A K. “Engineering Mechanics”.Conditions of equilibriumMoment of a force. 6.Conditions of equilibrium. Vector approach.types of loading.Elements of vector algebra Statics of rigid bodies-Classification of force systems.Statics and Dynamics” .Lami’s theorem. New Delhi. H. Popov.Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar non-concurrent force systems. “Mechanics of Solids”. 18 .Support reactions of simply supported and overhanging beams under different types of loading.08. Simple harmonic motion – vibration of mechanical systems . MODULE III (20 HRS) Work. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems. New Delhi.. “Engineering Mechanics”.cone of friction. 1998. 7. Equilibrium of rigid bodies-free body diagrams. REFERENCES: 1.Resultant and Equilibrant of coplanar concurrent force systemsvarious analytical methods. Curvilinear motion. Momentum. Dynamics: Kinematics-Combined motion of translation and rotation-instantaneous centre. Kollam. 5 marks each.Varignon’s theorem. properties of couple. couple.basic elements of a vibrating system – spring mass model – undamped free vibrations – angular free vibration – simple pendulum. method of resolution.Part A – 8 compulsory questions covering entire syllabus. motion of connecting rod and piston. Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors.2004 8. Benjamin J.wedge friction. Pearson Education.Newton’s laws of translatory motion. “Engineering Mechanics”. 1966.105 ENGINEERING MECHANICS L-T-P: 2-1-0 MODULE I (20 HRS) Credit: 6 Idealizations of Mechanics. Prentice Hall Book Company. 2008 Note Question For University Examination:. wheel rolling without slipping. Power and Energy . motion of link. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics”. Beer & Johnston.Work-Energy principle-Impulse. & Sankarasubramanian G.2007 5. Centrifugal and centripetal forces – motion of vehicles on curved paths in horizontal and vertical planes – super elevation – stability of vehicles moving in curved paths (qualitative ideas only).types of beams .D’Alembert’s principle. 2. Relative velocity . 2003. solid discs and solid spheres (no derivations required)Angular momentum-Angular impulse.basic concepts-analysis of different types of problems Kinetics.L. (5 x 8 = 40) Part B – Three questions of 10 marks from each module. New Delhi. Kumar K. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited.Mass moment of inertia of rings.(simple problems) Types of supports . Irving.. “Engineering Mechanics”. “Engineering Mechanics”.

Plastering: Mortar – properties . marble. Levelling: Levelling instruments .stone masonry. tiled roof. Contour maps (Brief description only). GI Sheet . Trapezoidal rule.Temporary adjustments of a level. Tilting Level ) Levelling Staff.Mild Steel. Flooring: Types .08. and water.plastered. granite and synthetic materials.mosaic tiles. HYSD Steel and their properties. Compressive strength IS Specifications. average ordinate rule. Super structure: Masonry .Tape & chain only . wood and steel surfacesTypes of paint . Selection of roof covering materials. sloping roof -Concrete roof. Computation of areas . escalators and elevators. brick masonry –Types. holding the staff.Tape correction (problems).materials used for the construction of doors and windows .height of collimation method only (simple examples).Ranging out survey lines-Taking measurements of sloping ground .Principles of leveling . Combined footing. initial and final setting times. Simpson’s rule (examples). reading the staff . Elementary ideas on pre-cast and pre-stressed concrete constructions. Qualities of ingredients (brief description only). Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)-advantages of RCC over Plain Cement Concrete.Level (Dumpy Level. particle boards & glass.Preparation of Cement mortar Painting: Preparation of surfaces for painting .106 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING L-T-P: 2-1-0 MODULE I Surveying: Object and Principles of Surveying. PVC Sheet MODULE III Concrete: Ingredients.plywood. Plumbing services. Roofing: Selection of type of roof -flat roof. ceramic tiles. windows & ventilators : Types .wood.types of buildings Components of buildings.Spread footing. Steel-common types used in construction.Introduction to Distomat.cement. Mat foundation¸ Pile foundation (description only). ramps (brief description only). Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil: Importance of determination of the Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (brief description only). Measurements in levelling .brief description of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residential buildings. Total Station & GPS (Brief description only) MODULE II Building construction: Selection of site for buildings . Credit: 6 19 .enamel. Doors. steel & Aluminium. Linear Measurements: Direct measurements . Building services – vertical transportation – stairs – types. Partition: Materials used for making partition . Tests on Cement . Foundation: Different types .Errors .recording measurements in the field book reduction of level .consistency.Mid ordinate rule. AC Sheet. Isolated footing.desirable qualities of stone and brick. aggregate. emulsion & distemper. Aggregates – desirable qualities of fine and coarse aggregates Plain Cement Concrete (PCC): preparation-proportioning-mixing of concrete.

“Surveying & Leveling” Vol. “Construction and Technology” 9.N.. 2001 4. “Basic Civil Engineering” Karunya Publications.”Introduction to Civil Engineering”Phasor Books. Part I and part II. Roy..Charotar publishing house.REFERENCES: 1. for 40 marks. There will be two questions (20 marks each) from each module out of which one from each module is to be answered. S. “Building Construction” . Part II is to cover 3 modules. Building Materials. Rangwala.. Rangwala. Santha Minu.1970 2. Narayanan and Lalu Mangal .K. Charotar Publishing House.. – I. Charotar Publishing House.Trivandrum Note: The question paper will consists of two parts.. It contains 8 questions of 5 marks each. Jha and Sinha. 1990 7. B. 2004 5. 2004 3. “Fundamentals of Surveying” Prentice-Hall of India. American Elsevier Publishing Company. Adler R. Moorthy..Delhi. Rangwala. New Delhi. Modern Publishing House distributor. 1957 8. Part I is Compulsory covering the entire syllabus. 10.Kollam. Laxmi publications(P) Ltd. Vertical Transportation for Buildings. (20 X 3 = 60) 20 .2004 6.“Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”. New York. “Building Construction”.C Punmia.

application and advantages of C N C machine REFERENCES 1. “Workshop Technology” 7. welding. p-v and T-s diagrams Air cycles: Carnot. “Engineering Thermodynamics” 2. shaping. soldering and brazing Machining processes. MODULE II Principles and fields of application of . “Fundamentals of IC Engines” 3.general description of various systems using block diagrams – air system. single plate clutch. Gill. thermal and nuclear power plants Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerants. Roy and Choudhary. centrifugal and jet pumps. pumps. GDI and Hybrid Vehicles Steam boilers: Classification – Cochran boiler. steam and hydraulic turbines. Part I is to be compulsory for 40 marks. First law. drilling. Credit: 6 21 . Otto and Diesel cycles-Air standard efficiency (simple problems) IC Engines: Working and comparison of two stroke and four stroke petrol and diesel engines . Hajra Choudhary. Ostwald and Begeman. CFC free refrigerants. gear trains (no derivations). “Manufacturing processes” 4. Spalding and Cole. Comfort and Industrial air conditioning-typical window air conditioning unit (general description only). forging. milling (simple sketches and short notes).107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L-T-P: 2-1-0 MODULE I Thermodynamics : Basic concepts and definitions of Zeroth law.fluidized bed combustion.turning. Non conventional machining .reciprocating and centrifugal. “Automobile Engineering” 5. Babcock and Wilcox boiler. Note: The question paper will consist of two and closed Elementary ideas of hydro electric. gas turbine cycles. This may contain 10 questions of 4 marks each. “Fluid mechanics and machines” 8. ignition system and governing system. A brief description of CRDI. comparison and fields of application-velocity ratio-slip (simple problems) friction disc. Amstead.reciprocating. Benson boiler.concept of reversibility and entropy.08. J Benjamin. R K Bensal. There can be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. rope and gear drives-types. fuel system. MODULE III Mechanical Power transmission systems: Belt. Manufacturing processes: Elementary ideas of casting. grinding. “Basic Mechanical Engineering” Note: Lectures are to be supplemented by demonstration in laboratories.impulse and reaction. rolling. “Elements of Mechanical Engineering” 6.Electro discharge machining (EDM) and Electro chemical machining (ECM) Principle. Part II is to cover 3 modules. Smith and Zuirys. blower. MPFI. Crouse. taper turning. Second law of thermodynamics. thread cutting.compressors . Vapor compression refrigeration system.

form factor. dynamic & static resistance..EMF equation . Schematic layout of LT switchboards.Principle of operation . Review of electromagnetic induction .108 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 MODULE – I Elementary concepts . principle of working of series inductor and shunt capacitor filters. circuit diagram & working of half-wave & full wave rectifier. thermal and nuclear power Working of simple zener voltage regulator. V-I characteristics. wind. reluctance – problems in series magnetic circuits.Faradays laws. MCBs.constructional details of single phase and three phase transformers Methods of bulk generation of electric power. LVDT Credits: 6 22 . Rectifiers & power supplies . Three phase systems . Alternating current fundamentals .hydroelectric. Power devices – V – I characteristics and applications of SCR and Triac Working principle of UPS and SMPS.statically induced and dynamically induced emf . RC and RLC series circuits. Renewable energy sources . flux density.MMF. principle of Photo diode.need for high transmission voltage .star and delta connection . Transducers – Resistance strain guage. thermistor. Solar cell. field strength. tidal.period .PN junction diodes.necessity of earthing .generation of alternating currents – waveforms . wave and geothermal energy. Lenz' s law . Analysis of simple ac circuits – concept of impedance and admittance phasor representation . -fluorescent lamps.plate and pipe earthing. Earthing of installations . Bulk transmission of electric power . principle of working and V-I characteristics of Zener diode. Measurement of energy – working of 1-phase energy meter. Vdc. energy efficient lamps MODULE – III Diodes .substations .typical electrical power transmission scheme .08. & LED.frequency .relation between phase and line values of voltage and current phasor representation . MODULE – II Transformers .j notation .three wire and four wire systems.Kirchoffs laws . Measurement of power in three phase circuits ( two wattmeter method). final equations of Vrms. Block schematic of layout of generating stations . Protective fuses.power and power factor in ac circuits active and reactive components. Solution of RL. ripple factor and peak inverse voltage in each case. Phasor representation of alternating quantities . Primary and secondary transmission and distribution systems Different methods of wiring for LT installations.Magnetic Circuits .substation equipments.block diagram description of a dc power supply.self and mutual induction inductance.rectangular polar and exponential forms.average and rms values . ELCBs and switches.generation of three phase voltage . Working of incandescent lamps.

McGraw-Hill Book Co 8. “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”. “Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering”.Bhargava. Thereja. Dhanpath Rai & Sons. “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”. “Power Electronic Circuits. Kollam 6. “Introduction To Electronics and Communications”.S. Ernakulam.. "Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and systems". Rashid. New Delhi..L. Tata McGraw Hill 11. 2.V. Asia 2003. Rangan C. ML Soni. Devices and Applications”. PU Guptha. 1990. Pearson education. B. Edward Hughes. . Premlet. 12.R.N. Millman and Halkias. Sarma G. Francis M Fernandez. REFERENCES 23 . (50% choice. Kollam 7. DP Kothari. “A Text Book of Electrical Technology”. 1992. Phaser Books. Part-B is to cover 3 modules for 60 marks. Prentice Hall of India. LJ Nagrath. US Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarthy. N. TP Imthias Ahmed. Mitlle. 9.Phasor Books. S Chand & Co. 2002. Volume I. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”. and Mani V. "Instrumentation Devices and Systems". 2000. 4. B. Part – A is to be compulsory for 40 marks (10 questions of 4 marks each). V. “Basic Electrical Engineering”. “A Basic Course in Electrical Engineering”.N.One out of two or two out of four from each module). Tata McGraw Hill. Rajath Publishers.. Note : The question paper will consist of two parts. Gopakumar. 3. “Electrical and Electronic Technology”. Tata McGraw Hill. Pearson Education.S. New Delhi 1997 10. 5. Muhammad H.1. 1992.

circuit diagram & working of push pull amplifiers. working principle of CRT. working principle of source (semiconductor Laser) & detector ( PIN. MESFET and MOSFET.principle &block diagram of super heterodyne receiver. AB and Class C power amplifiers. basic principles of LCD & Plasma displays. concept of geo-stationary satellite. (4 hrs) (e) Satellite communication: microwave frequency bands.109 BASIC COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 Credits: 6 MODULE 1(Qualitative Treatment) (a) Bipolar junction transistors: NPN & PNP transistors. crystal growth. B. comparison of AM & FM. frequency response. (6 hrs) (b) Field effect Transistors : basic principles of JFET. integrator and comparator. (5hrs) (b) Radio communication: principle of AM & FM.interlaced scanning. circuit diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator (7 hrs) (d) Integrated circuits: advantages of ICs. advantages of optical communication. functional block diagram of operational amplifier. unit process: oxidation. logic families: TTL and CMOS Logic (No internal diagram) (4 hrs) (f) IC fabrication: purification of silicon. current gain of each. basic principles of cableTV. flip flop (JK). working of NPN transistor. non inverting amplifier. block diagram of PAL TV transmitter & receiver.APD). working principles of oscillators. (3 hrs) (c) Amplifiers & Oscillators: circuit diagram & working of common emitter amplifier. input & output characteristics of common emitter configuration. principle and block diagram of function generator. ideal operational amplifier. satellite transponder. ion implantation. summing amplifier. concepts of class A. CCTV system. principle of AM &FM demodulation. realization of logic functions. principle of digital storage oscilloscope. (5 hrs) (d) Radar and navigation: principle of radar and radar equation. bandwidths. common emitter & common collector configurations. (4 hrs) MODULE 2 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Measurements: principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter. applications of radar in measurements and navigation. comparison of three configurations with reference to voltage & current gain. basic principles of HDTV. measurements using CRO. (5 hrs) 24 . input & output resistances and applications. block schematics of pulsed radar. (4 hrs) (c) Color television: TV Standards. comparison with BJT. frequency bands used.08. function of each component in the circuit. advantages of satellite communication. factors affecting range. (3 hrs) (f) Optical communication: block diagram of the optical communication system. photolithography. concepts of common base. block diagram of earth station transmitter & receiver. block diagram of CRO. analog and digital ICs. need of proper biasing. diffusion. epitaxy. concepts of feedback. typical doping. wafer preparation. principle of Global Positioning System(GPS). (4 hrs) (e) Digital ICs:logic gates. deposition.use as inverting amplifier. structure. principle of light transmission through fiber. concepts of Single Mode and Multi Mode optical fiber. wave forms. principle of combinational and sequential logic circuits. block diagrams of AM & FM transmitters. voltage gain and 3dB bandwidth.

switching technologiescircuit switching and packet switching. PHI 2.Kollam This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept. TMH 8. ITL Education Solution Ltd. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems. Pearson Education. concepts of cells. Question Paper The question paper shall consist of two parts. N N Bhargava.XML.ASK. analog and digital data transmission.principle of CDMA. Louis. Introduction to Electronics & Communication . parity checking. 3rd edition. communication protocols. PHI 5. Neil H E Weste. network devices. caches. network topologies. 5th edition.basic principles of router.E. PCM . David A.Frenzel. Circuits and IT fundamentals. There shall be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered.R. frequency reuse.server computing.WAN &World wide web.Kamran Eshraghian. 25 . M. 4. main memory.Moris Mano. 2008. PSK. virtual memory. Basic Electronics – Devices. domain names. New Age International [Module 2 (c)] 10.S C Gupta. Part I is to cover the entire syllabus.modem. FSK. LAN. principle and block diagram of GSM. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits.of Electronics and Communication in the Colleges.functional block diagram of 8085 (9 hrs) (b) Data communication: overview. TMH 3. Gulati.TCP/IP. Santiram Kal..Phasor Publisher’s.D C Kulshreshtha. Monochrome and Colour Television. Introduction to web languages-HTML .Firewall. bridge. memory hierarchy. digital modulation techniques. basic concepts of error detection . Introduction to Information Technology. This shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. transmission path and control.MAN. IP addresses. internetworking concepts. R. Pearson Education [Module 1(f)] 6. Principles of CMOS VLSI design – A system perspective.[Module 2(a)] 7. microprocessors . (4hrs) (d) Internet Technology: concepts of networking: client . WLL & GPRS technologies. digitization of wave forms. Part II is to cover 3 modules. and carries 60 marks. K Gopakumar. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. switch. (6hrs) (c) Mobile communication: basic principles of cellular communications. Computer Architecture. (7 hrs) REFERENCES 1. Wireless Communications and Networks. Bell. network security. operating systems.MODULE 3 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Computer Architecture: functional units: basic concept of ALU. PHI . Pearson Education. and carries 40 marks. William Stallings. 2008 9. network interface unit .

hexagonal bolt. Details of plumbing work in domestic and industrial applications. D and E only. T joint and Lap joint. G: Smithy: Study of tools. 26 . Practice on riveted joints. C: Sheet Metal Work: Study of tools. Joints – Cross joint. Dove tail joint. B. Carpentry: Study of tools and joints. cutting. Plumbing: Study of tools. Practice in planning. C. Lathe and Drilling machine. frustums. Male and female joints. trays and containers. H: Machine Tools: Study and demonstration on working of machine tools. Preparation of sand. Demonstration on forging of square prism. drilling and tapping. 0-0-2 Credits: 6 A. chiseling. D. marking and sawing. Practice in filing.110 ENGINEERING WORKSHOPS L-T-P/D. threading and laying of pipes with different fittings using PVC pipes. NOTE: For the university examination the student shall be examined in sections A. Study of pipe joints. Straight line practices. cutting. B. F. E: Foundry: Study of tools. Making of Butt joint. T joint.08. Welding: Study of welding machines. moulding practice and demonstration of casting. Use of special tools in plumbing work. Preparing tube joints. T bolt and Eye bolt. Fitting: Study of tools. Selection of different gauge GI sheets for jobs. Stepped joints.

Vector integration: Line and surface and volume integrals.V. Kreyszig. Odd and even functions. 5.Change of order of integration. 301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II (CMPUNERFHBTA) L-T-P/D.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. properties Module III Partial differential equations: Formation of PDE. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Boundary value problems in one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. 3. Module II Fourier series: Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and 2l. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.S. Solution of Lagranges linear equation. II and III. Triple integrals. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 27 .Grewal. Area enclosed by plane curves. Pearson University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Higher Engineering Mathematics. inverse Fourier transforms. 4. Khanna Publishers. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (no proof). Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). First order nonlinear equations-standard forms -Homogeneous PDE with constant coefficients. Volume of solids. References 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Dirichlet’s condition for convergence. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Application of PDE: Derivation of one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. B. Peter O Neil. 8th Wiley Eastern. 2.Ramana.SEMESTER III 08. B. Half range expansions. solution by seperation of variables. Michel D Greenberg. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module I Multiple Integrals: Double Integrals (Cartisian only). Greens theorem in the plane. Part A and Part B. Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem(no proof)-Fourier transformsFourier sine and cosine transforms .

Least cost combination of inputs – Cost concepts – Cost output relationship Module II Inflation – causes of inflation – measures to control inflation – Demand – Pull inflation – cost push inflation – effects of Inflation – effects of inflations comparison between inflation and deflation India’s Economic crisis in 1991 – New economic policy – Global Financial meltdown in 2008 – Applicability of Keynesian Theory to UDC’S.GNP – GDP – NNP – Per Capita Income – Three Sectors of the Economy – Primary – Secondary.Keepingrules for journalizing -Ledger accounts –Cash book-Banking transactions – Trial Balance. 3-0-0 PART I ECONOMICS (2 periods per week) MODULE – I Definition of Economics – Basic Concepts Goods – Choice of techniques – Production possibility curve National Income concepts . Meaning of Demand and Supply – Types of demand – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting Production function – Law of Variable proportion – Returns to scale .Method of Balancing accounts.the journal proper (simple problems).08.Keeping and Accountancy -Elements of Double Entry -Book. PART II Module III ACCOUNTANCY (1 Period per week) Book. Environment and Development – Basic Issues – Sustainable Development and Environmental Accounting – Population – Resources and the Environment – Poverty and the Environment – Growth versus the Environment – The Global Environment . Tertiary Sector – Significance of Money. Stock Market and present scenario – Industrial sector past and present – Industry Analysis – Electronics – Chemical – Automobile – FMCG Industry.Introduction to Accounting packages (Description only) Credits 3 References : 28 . Final accounts: Preparation of trading and profit and loss Account.Balance sheet (with simple problems) . 302 HUMANITIES (MPEU) L-T-P/D.

M. Banking. Michael – Todaro. Economic Development Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. Double Entry book Keeping – Batliboi 9. Rudder Dutt and K. New Delhi.G. Mithani-Money. Chandrasekharan Nair University question Note: Part I and Part II to be answered in separate answer books. Koutsiannis (second Edition) Micro Economics 8. A Systematic approach to Accounting: Dr K. 5.M Sundaran – Indian Economy 6.K Dewett. Mohinder Kumar Sharma _ Business Environment in India 4.1. Hal R. Part – I Economics Part A – 30 Marks (short answers) covering entire syllabus (3x10=30) Part B – 40 marks (50% choice one out of two or two out of four from each module) Part – II Accountancy Three questions covering entire syllabus out of which two questions has to be answered (2x15=30) 29 . Modern Economic theory 2. D. Varian – Intermediate Micro Economics 7. 3. Himalaya publishing House.P. K. International Trade and Public Finance.

manometers.Losses at entry. Darcy.Similarity Laws – Shape numbers – Impeller shapes based on shape numbers 30 L-T-D: 4-1-0 . static and total head. Hagen. Measurement of pressure Piezo meter.slip negative slip and work required and efficiency. Buckingham theorem – Dimensionless numbers . branching of pipes. real and ideal fluids.Newtonian fluids. compressibility. exit. similarity and model testing-selection of water turbines for power plants.Velocity triangles – Euler’s equation – Speed ratio. viscosity. Laminar and Turbulent flow.Venturi and Orifce meters.weisbach equation. Continuity equation. gear pumps. priming.Francis Turbine – Constructional features – Velocity triangles. casings –manometric head. workdone and efficiencies – Axial flow turbine (Kaplan ) Constructional features – Velocity triangles. Chezy’s formula . Rotary motion of liquids – free. Dimensional analysis : Rayleigh method. Flow through pipes: Reynolds experiment. rate of shear strain.Velocity measurements.centrifugal pump impeller. jet ratio & work done .pressure.303 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES (MPU) Credits : 5 Module – I Properties of fluid . forced and spiral vortex flowsrotodynamic pumps. Mody’s done and efficiencies – Characteristic curves of turbines – theory of draft tubes – surge tanks – Cavitation in turbines – Governing of turbines – Specific speed of turbine . design of Pelton wheel – Inward and outward flow reaction turbines. scale Laws – Unit speed – Unit discharge and unit power Module –III Positive displacement pumps. Energies in flowing fluid. Notches and Weirs (description only for notches and weirs).work done and efficiency. Performance characteristicsmultistage pumps-selection of pumps-pumping devices-hydraulic ram jet pumps.Poiseuille equation. losses and efficiencies.Pitot tube and Pitot –static tube. bulk modulus. Turbulent flow through pipes. Newtonian and non.effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram – multi cylinder pumps. Bernoulli’s equation. incompressible and compressible fluids. Type Number– Characteristic curves. Compound pipes. sudden expansion and sudden contractions. siphon effect. specific speed. Atmospheric pressure. Pressure at a point in a fluid. efficiency and losses.reciprocating pump – air vessels and their purposes – separation and cavitation .work. Newton’s law of viscosity. vane pump and lobe pump. head loss due to friction.indicator diagram. Practical applications: Flow rate measurements. Reynolds number. pressure gauges. water hammer Transmission of power through pipes (simple problems) Module – II Impact of jets: Stationary and moving vanes – Flat and curved vanes – Series of vanes .Density. Gauge pressure and Absolute pressure. friction factor. surface tension. Eulers equation. Specific weight. dynamic. head . Pascal’s Law.08. Hydraulic Turbines : Impulse and Reaction Turbines – Pelton Wheel – Constructional features . velocity.

Hydraulic Machines 7 R. Shames. Standard Publishers.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines 9. 10. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Fluid Mechanics & Machines . R K Bansal. Modi & Seth. Yunus A Cengel.K. Subrahmanya.Rajput. K. John Wiley and sons 3. Fox.References : 1. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines 6. S Govinda Rao. 2. Fluid Mechanics. F. Theory and applications of fluid mechanics. N. Fluid Mechanics. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 31 . Introduction to fluid dynamics. Jagadish Lal. H. D S Kumar. Pearson education. John M Cimbala. Part A and Part B. Fluid flow mechanics 11. II and III. (TMH) 4. Mechanics of fluids 5. Douglas. Hydraulic Machines 8. Tata McGraw-Hill University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. J. I. Robert W.

Strength of materials. Gere. generalised Hooke’s law. Engineering Mechanics of solids. Saint-Venant’s Principle and stress concentration. 5 Singh G.B.304 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS (MPU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Concept of stress – normal stress and shear stress. normal strain and shear strain.Junarkar. circular and I sections. Mechanics of Materials.Macaulay’s method. Slope and deflection of beams. simply supported and over hanging beams-concentrated and UD loads. modulus of elasticity. plane strain and examples. bulk modulus of elasticity. concept of strain. Module III Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts-power transmitted by shafts.M. References : 1 S.Lame’s equation – compound cylinders.S. relationship between elastic constants. computation of slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams. and J. Module II Shear force and bending moment diagrams– cantilever. members with varying cross section.08. composite bars. Direct and bending stress – short columns – core of section Crippling loadEulers equation Analysis of pin-jointed plane perfect frames by the method of joints. New Delhi. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. Stress transformation (2D only) principal stress and Mohr’s circle. Srinath. lateral strain. D. constitutive relation. Strain energy due to axial loads. CBS Publishers & Distributors. 6 L. deformation of axially loaded bars. volumetric strain.gradually and suddenly applied impact loads. Theory of simple bendingbending stress and shear stress distribution-rectangular. New Delhi. definition of plane stress. Strength of Materials 4 Timoshenko S. principle of superposition. Poisson’s ratio. Thin cylinders and shells subjected to internal and external pressures – thick cylinders and spherical shells.deflection differential equation. thermal stress. Tata McGraw-Hill Note: University question paper consists of two parts Part A – 40 Marks (8 compulsory questions of 5 marks each to cover the entire syllabus) Part B – 60 marks ( 50% Choice. Mechanics of structures Vol I & II 2 Egor P Popov.. Concept of stress and strain tensor. One out of Two from each module) 32 . Ane Books India.P. Hooke’s law. load. modulus of rigidity.PHI 3 Timoshenko.

Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Availability function. M. first law of thermodynamics. Engineering Thermodynamics. Tata McGraw-Hill. International Temperature Scale (ITS). phases of a Pure Substance. Gibbs – Daltons Law. Kelvin – Planck and Clausius statements.08. H.Introduction to Mixtures of Gases and a Vapors. Compressibility Factor. Equivalence of the above Statements – Reversible Processes and Cycles. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics 5.Holman. Applications of first law to processes:. limitations of first law. Analysis of Steady and Unsteady flow processes. 6. Properties of Pure Substances: Pure Substance. Inequality of Clausius. The Carnot cycle – corollaries of the Second Law.W.K. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 33 . The ideal Gas Equation and other Equations of State. Michael A Spaldling. II and III. Tata McGraw-Hill University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 2. inversion curve. Module III General Thermodynamic Relations – Combined First and Second law equations – Helmholtz and Gibb’s functions . temperature scales. Entropy changes in various thermodynamic processes. Yunus A. Availability and irreversibility open and closed systems. principle of increase of entropy. Thermodynamics. Module II Second Law of Thermodynamics . Y. Practical consideration with Availability. Pearson Eduction. Properties of gas mixtures – Specific Heats. Phase Change processes of Pure Substances. Thermodynamics 8. Gordon Rogers & Y. Entropy. Richard E Sonnttag.Achuthan. measurement of temperature . . An Introduction to Thermodynamics 9. References: 1. Introduction to real gas mixtures. E. enthalpy and entropy. Dalton’s law. Part A and Part B. 305 THERMODYNAMICS Credits : 4 Module I Basic concepts and definitions. Gordon J. equations for internal energy .Maxwell’s Relations. J. Internal energy.Rathakrishnan. Engineering Thermodynamics: Work & Heat Transfer . Cengal Michael A. ideal and real gases. P. Available and Unavailable energy. McGraw – Hill Book Company.V.Zemansky. law of Corresponding states. Properties of Gas Mixtures : composition of a gas mixture – Mass and Mole Fraction. zeroth law of thermodynamics. Property diagrams for phase change processes.C. Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics 4. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Third Law of Thermodynamics.O.Nag.Control Mass and control volume Analyses. Heat and Thermodynamics.Rao. microscopic and macroscopic approaches . The Clapeyron Equation. Boles. Thermodynamics. 10. Causes of Entropy Change. Joule Thomson Coefficient. Engineering Thermodynamics 7. Absolute thermodynamic temperature Scale .N Maghew. enthalpy and Entropy . 3. ideal gas thermometer . Throttling process.Van Wylen. equivalent molecular weight and gas constant. definitions of heat and work.P.

lock nuts. Drawing & Estimation 1-0-2 PART – B Module I Drawing : Principles of building drawing. The first question is from module-1 which carries 20 marks. References: 1. Riveted Joints – Lap (chain and zigzag with multiple rows). It contains 3 sub divisions and any 2 has to be answered. different types of keys. Machine Drawing. single strap and double strap).I. 3.D. Knuckle Joint. Machine Drawing P.Varghese. Module-II Dimensioned drawing: Hexagonal and square headed bolt with nut. Sectional drawings of Socket and spigot joint.. (2x10=20 marks). Conventions-Dimensioning techniques. N. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. Balagopal. References: 1.R. Dimensioned drawing which is a compulsory question and carries 30 marks. quantity estimation and cost estimation of building such as residential building and factory buildings.S. 306 ENGINEERING DRAWING (MPU) L-T-D: 1-0-4 PART . Rigid flange couplings. Machine Drawing Parkinson. BIS standards Module-I Free hand sketching: Screw thread forms and conventional representations. single storied and two storied). factory building with steel trusses for small scale industries. forms of rivet heads. Module I carries 30 marks and module II carries 20 marks.N. residential building (RCC and tiled roof. Hydraulic joint and Union Joint. Module II Estimating: Principles of estimation. Single plate clutch and Cone friction clutch.Vincent Paul. 3. 34 . Bushed Pin flexible coupling. preparation of drawing of buildings such as office building.Gill.08. types of sectional views.. foundation bolts. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. Dutta B. University examination Duration – 4 hours Part A and Part B are to be answered in separate answer books Part A ( 50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions.S.A Machine Drawing 0-0-2 Credits : 5 Conversion of pictorial views into Orthographic views – Sectional views. Building drawing and detailing. Pipe joint-socket and spigot. P. Plummer block. Bhatt. The second question is from Module 2. Part B ( 50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions from each module and one has to be answered from each. Pipe joints: Sectional drawings of Cast Iron Flanged joint. Chakrabarti M. Machine Drawing Civil Engg. 2. 4. butt joints (chain and zigzag with multiple rows.Prabhu . 2.

Torsion test on MS Rod 4. Izod and Charpy Impact tests 6. Shear test on MS Rod 3. No examination for chain surveying and levelling. Chain Surveying and Levelling ( 4hrs only. High carbon steel and Cast Iron specimens 2. Duration: 3 hrs. but viva shall be asked. Test on Mild Steel. 35 .) Scheme of Examination:Exam. Torsion test using Torsion Pendulum on MS. Determination of Moment of Inertia of Rotating Bodies 10. Spring test (Open and closed coiled ) 8. Bending test on Wood 9. Aluminium and Brass wire 5.307 CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB (MPU) L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2 Experiments 1. Hardness test (Brinell Hardness & Rockwell Hardness) 7.08.

and multilines. mirror. polylines. b. edit. copy. dimension styles. e.08. Part B shall contain 3D drafting which carries 40% marks and 20% marks is for viva voce conducted during the exam. extend. Transformations: move. circles. properties manager. formatting. f. text styles. a. Revolve operations d. Layers: creation. polygons. Creation of solid primitives b. and ellipses. fillet. Create hatched sectional views of machine parts. b.308 Computer Aided Drafting and Modelling Lab L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2 (i) Introduction to computer aided drafting and solid modeling: software and hardware. units and limits. coordinate entry methods. Boolean operations c. import and explode. 36 . Create orthographic views of machine parts from pictorial views. Dimensions: creating and editing. g. a. Extrude. rectangles. (iv) Understanding basic solid modeling techniques a. Blocks: create. (iii) Exercise on basic drafting principles to create technical drawings. Object generation: lines. (ii) Understand basic 2D geometric construction techniques. Cartesian and polar coordinate systems: locating points. scale. trim. c. offset and array. Text: creating and editing. rotate. 3D Views (v) Exercise on basic modeling to create machine parts Create solid models from pictorial views UNniversity Examination: Question paper may contain two parts. Create isometric views of machine parts from orthographic views c. naming. Part A shall contain 2D drafting which carries 40% marks. arcs. chamfer d.

Khanna Publishers. Higher Engineering Mathematics.S.S Grewal. C T. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Erwin Kreizig.402 Credits 4 Module I Complex Differentiation: Limits . cosθ ) dθ . 3-1-0 f (sin θ . Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule. 2.Numerical integration. S. Part A and Part B.Numerical solutionof ODE Taylor series method. 3. Evaluation of real definite integrals2 ∞ L-T-P/D.Cauchy’s integral theorem-Cauchy’s integral formula. Introductory methods of numerical analysis. f ( x ) dx with no poles of f (z ) 0 on the real axis (proof of theorems not required) Module III Numerical Techniques:Errors in numerical computation-solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by bisection method.Newton. Numerical Methods with programming.Bilinear transformation Module II Complex Integration:Line integral. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) −∞ 37 . Lagranges interpolation formula.SEMESTER IV 08. Peter v.Ramachandran.401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III (CMPUNERFHB) 08. Weiley Eastern. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.V Ramana. Newtons forward and backward interpolation formula. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Pearson. O’neil.Raphson method.continuity and differentiation of complex functions.) References: 1. w=sin z .Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Greenberg. Eulers method. 4. B. 6. Analytic functions-Cauchy Reimann equations in Cartesian form (proof of necessary part only) properties of analytic functions-harmonic functions. Tata Mc Graw hill. 7. II and III. w=z+1/ z .Veerarajan and T. Power series-radius of convergence-Taylors and Laurents series-zeros and singularities –Residues and residue theorem. regula false method. Solution linear systems by Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidal method.w=cos z . Milne Thomson method Conformal mapping:The Transformations w=1/ z .Runge Kutta methods(derivation of formulae not required for the above methods. B.Sastry. Thomson Pub. w=z2 . 5.

fstream. Lippman and Josee Lajoie. Balaguruswamy. Part A and Part B. Numerical problems and preparation of computer programs for the above methods References : 1.08. Functions. increment & decrement. Simple programs using above features. Nabajyothi barkakati. Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program. relational. comma and bitwise operators. A Hands on Approach. Solution of Partial differential equations – classification – Laplace equation – Finite difference methods – relaxation methods. 3. arithmetic. do-while. Object oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++. character. switch. Object Oriented Programming in C++ . while. 5.Algorithm and flow chart. break and continue statements. 6. Module –II Introduction to Class and Object. 4. Prentice Hall. Pearson Education. enumeration. class objects. Applied Numerical Analysis . Key words. recursion. Operator overloading. Stability and convergence of solution. Input/output stream libray .F. friend declaration. declaration statements. Identifiers. C. 7. for loop. Simple problems using the above features. function over loading. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 38 . member function. II and III. Control statements -if. TataMcgraw Hill. Interpolation – Newton’s Divided difference.ifstream. array and pointer. class flies. string. Basics of procedure oriented and object oriented programming. conditional. pointers. 2. Stanley B.O. Operators – assignment. Nagler. predefined classes. Numerical Methods. Data types – integer. Inheritance. 3-1-0 Module – I Credits 4 Introduction to Computer programming concept . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Constant and Variables.base class and derived class. Ashok M. size of. data members. if-else. ofstream . Curve fitting – method of least squares – non-linear relationships – Correlation and Regression – Linear correlation – measures of correlation – Standard error of estimate – coefficient of correlation. boolean. Kamthane. Functions with default arguments. constructor and destructor. logical.Inverse interpolation.inline functions. Pearson Education. Learning C++. Gerald and P. Escape sequences.definition.Wheatley. Object Oriented Programming with C++. E. Pearson Education. TataMcgraw Hill. real. Balaguruswamy. C++ Primer. Jaico publications.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Lagrange. member access. Statements – simple & compound.402 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING & NUMERICAL METHODS (MNPU) L-T-P/D. Arrays – one dimensional & two dimensional. Input and output streams. Hermite and Spline techniques. Aitken. Module-III Errors and approximations – floating point arithmetic – sources of errors – control of errors – propagation of errors – condition and stability – Rate of convergence. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. private & public member function. initialization.

Hardenability tests. De-lamination theory. 8. co-ordination number. Tata McGraw Hill. Thermal spraying. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Mechanical Metallurgy. Nuclear. Smart materials. Surface treatments. Nano materials. C. Metallic bonds. William D. Aluminum.S.K.Dogra & A. Factors affecting plastic deformation.II. John Wiley. 9.Effect of various alloying elements.Lakhtin. R. Significance of fracture mechanics. Effects of various alloying elements. Fatigue mechanism. Frank-Read source. Super conductivity and Super plasticity of materials. Manufacuring Engg and Technology.. Precipitation hardening. Heat treatment processes. Ductile fracture. Module III Testing of materials-Tensile and Compression test. Brittle fracture.W. Dielectric properties. Elements of Materials Science. Engg Physical Metallurgy. II and III. 3. imperfections in crystals. Titanium and its alloys. Serope Kalpakjain et al. Slip.Kataria &Sons. Gibb’phase rule. Electrical.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Properties.III. Composites. 6. Recovery. CVD. Impact test. allotropy and polymorphism.. L. Strain hardening. 5. Critical shear stress. D-Gun spraying. Plasma spraying. Griffith’s crack theory. Part A and Part B. Solid solutions. Properties. Miller indices. Introduction of Engineering materials. 10. 2. Y. Wulff-Series. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 39 . Fick’s Laws.K. References : 1. Hume Rothery’s rule. PVD. composition and uses of Copper. crystal structure. deformation temperature. Advanced Material Science. Factors leading to crack formation. Ductile-brittle transition in steels. Eutectoid. 7. Isothermal TTT diagrams. Thermal. Indroduction to Material Science. Creep mechanism. Cynading. Elastic and Plastic deformation of metals. Fatigue crack growth.IV. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).K. Equilibrium diagrams-Construction and usesEquilibrium diagram of binary alloys: Eutectic. Recrystalisation and Grain Growth. Iron-Carbon Equilibrium diagram. types of unit cells. B. Twinning. Material Science Vol-I. Magnetic. Theory of alloys. Nitriding. Energy balance approach. space lattice. Module II Diffusion mechanism.W. service and economic considerations. Peritectic and peritectoid reactions. Introduction to Ceramics.______________________________________________________________ 08. Physical Mechanical. Dieter.Agrawal.Rajput. Critical cooling rate.Callister. Dislocation. Engineering Material Science.K.K. 403 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE (MP) Credits : 4 Module I Classification of engineering materials-selection of materials with reference to properties. composition and uses of various types of Cast Iron and Steels . Case Hardening.Van Wlanck.Induction hardening. 4. R. Carburising. Material Science and Engineering. atomic packing factor.Sharma.Richards.

Flash butt welding.Carbon arc welding. Pearson Education. 2002 3. structure of weld. Defects in rolled products. Paul dE Grarmo . Projection welding. References : 1. Module III Forming-plastic deformation and yield criteria-relation between tensile and shear yield stress-Rolling-cold. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid. press forging. Sand Muller. II and III. PHI. Introduction to powder metallurgy process – Compacting and sintering.08. Weld defects and inspection. Core Types.F. Arc welding. (Fourth Edition). Thermit welding. Rolling of tubes. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 40 . hot rolling-Types of rolling mills-Rolling of channels. types of forging presses. Continuous Casting. Gas welding. Defects in forging.K Kosher. Gravity die casting Pressure die casting-Hot and Cold chamber type. Types of mould – Green Sand Mould.Flemmings and John Wulff. Metallurgy of welding. Pressurised and Unpressurised Gating systems. I and rail sections. allowances. Shell Moulding. Cold forming-thread rolling. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Ceramic Mould Casting . Butt welding. Plaster mould casting. types of flames. J. NewDelhi. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. explosive welding. Foundry Engineering. external and closed die forging. Forging. Ltd. Atomic hydrogen welding. M. Wiley Eastern Pvt. Semi centrifugal casting Centrifuging. Amitabh Ghosh and Amitkumar Mallik. Principles of gating and Risering – Riser location and Direction Solidification. Chills-Internal and External chills and Chaplets. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. HAZ. 4. Seam welding.Spot welding. Electron beam welding. materials. Solid phase welding-forge welding. Moulding Sand – Properties. Asia. Sodification of Castings – Cleaning and Inspection of castings. Extrusion-hot and cold extrusion-Wire drawing-Rotary piercing-Rotary swaging. Part A and Part B. Module II Welding. Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes – TMH 5.C. Campbell. Core Prints . Core Baking. TIG. Sodium Silicate – Carbon Dioxide Moulding.classification. testing. Manufacturing Science. 404 L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 MANUFACTURING PROCESS (MN) Credits : 4 Module I Foundry – basic requirements of casting processes. 2. Percussion welding. ultrasonic welding. Resistance welding. Materials and process in Manufacturing . Shielded metal arc welding. metal spinning. Dry Sand Mould. Cores – Core Sand. friction welding. Blind riser. Centrifugal casting. roll forging. Weldability. Patterns – types. wheels and axles. MIG. Casting defects.Black and RA. Submerged arc welding.Taylor.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. H. Affiliated East West press(p) Ltd.T. Internal.

Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). V. types of combustion chambers Module III Compressors. 5. Abnormal combustion. Eastop and A McConkay. screw compressor References : 1. Rankine cycle. effect of impeller blade shape on performance. Anti knocking agents.working. Mollier chart. surging and chocking.L.D.Rajput. T. performance. slip factor and pressure coefficient.K.LaMont boiler. cycle efficiency and work output. Modified Rankine cycle. multistage turbines. multistage compressor. combustion chambers for SI and CI engines. isentropic efficiency.volumetric and gravimetric analysis. P. performance. stage efficiency. Axial flow compressors:. Alternate fuels for IC engines.S diagram. Fundamentals of IC engines. velocity diagram. Ganesan. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Ballaney.classification. II and III. Binary vapor cycle Boilers:. 4. work done. super saturated flow. IC engines:. centrifugal compressor-working. width of blades of impeller and diffuser. Velox boiler. governing of turbines. Calculation of air fuel ratio and equivalence ratio. preignition. equation for work with and without clearance volume. R. simple cycle. Part A and Part B. Module II Fuels and combustion. Internal combustion engines.08. Laxmi publications. detonation. Gas turbines:.combustion in CI and SI engines.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.classification of compressors.B. Schmidt Hartman boiler. compressor characteristics. reciprocating compressor-single stage compressor. degree of reaction. power required.. isentropic efficiency and mechanical efficiency. octane and cetane numbers. Thermal Engineering. Roots blower. J. Steam nozzle:.Heywood.Benson boiler. condition line. efficiencies. Thermal Engineering. cycles with reheating and regenerative heating. Adiabatic flame temperature. reheat factor. free air delivered (FAD) Rotary compressors. intercooler. velocity diagrams. velocity diagram. T. Tata McGraw-Hill. intercooling and reheating. vane compressor.classification. factors affecting auto ignition. degree of reaction. 2. Loeffler boiler. Pearson education.effect of friction.High pressure boilers:. Normal combustion and flame front propagation. 6. Gill and Smith. Introduction to HCCI combustion. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 Credits : 4 41 . condition for maximum efficiency. Applied thermodynamics for engineering technology. 3. Properties of fuels. Khanna publishers. 405 THERMAL ENGINEERING (MU) Module I Steam engineering. types of fuels.C engine fundamentals. Steam turbine: classification. I. simple cycle with regeneration.

Gill.I. Machine Drawing.Stop valve for boilers. University examination: Duration will be 4 hours. P. Machine Drawing. Connecting Rod. Parkinson. Bhatt. Ramsbottom safety valve and dead weight safety valve. Module-2 Assembly and working drawing (Part drawing): Shaft bearing and supports – Pedestal bearings. indication of production method.S. Engine parts – Piston. 42 . fuel pump for a diesel engine and fuel injection nozzle. References : 1. Surface texture.indication of surface roughness. 2.08. The second question is from module-2 carrying 80 marks and is a compulsory question.406 L-T-P/D : 0-0-3 MACHINE DRAWING Credits : 3 Module-1 Information to be furnished in drawings: Fits and Tolerances. form tolerance and position tolerance. Geometric tolerance and its indications on drawing. The question paper shall contain 2 questions. IS specifications. surface treatment. N. Plummer block and foot step bearing.C. Machine parts. The first question is from module-1 and shall contain 3 sub divisions out of which 2 has to be answered (2x10=20marks). Lathe tool post and screw jack. feed check valve. 4. P. 3. Valves .D.Varghese. Machine Drawing.Lathe tail stock. I. Machine Drawing.

Performance test on variable speed pump and plotting isoefficiency curves 43 .Jet. 2. Determination of Metacentric Height and Radius of gyration of floating bodies. gauges and valves . flow measuring equipments-water meters-venturi meter-orifice meter-current meter.impact and reaction types. Orifice meter.Centrifugal – Reciprocating – Rotary .08. 407 FLUID MECHANICS & MACHINES LAB (MN) L-T-D: 0-0-3 Credits : 3 Study of meters. Speed variation test on Impulse turbine 8. Determination of best guide vane opening for Reaction turbine 9. Performance test on Rotodynamic and Positive displacement pumps 6. 5. Determination of Coefficient of discharge and calibration of Notches. Nozzle and Venturimeter. vacuum gauge. Experiments 1. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Darcy’s coefficient on pipe friction apparatus 3.pressure gauge. gate valve and foot valve Study of pumps. manometers. stop valve. Study of Hydraulic ram. Performance test on Impulse and Reaction turbines 7. Determination of Hydraulic coefficients of orifices 4. accumulator etc. Study of Turbines.

liquid and gaseous fuels using Bonb calorimeter and Gas Calorimeter 5. _____________________________________________________________________ 44 .C engines :a) Diesel engines . Determination of viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwood Viscometer 4. Study of I. Determination of calorific value of solid. 408 L-T-P/D : 0-0-3 IC ENGINES LAB Credits : 3 1. Experiment on I C Engines a) Performance test on IC Engines (Petrol and Diesel) b) Heat Balance test i) Heat exchanger method ii) Flue gas analysis method iii) Volumetric efficiency method c) Valve timing diagram d) Economic speed test e) Best cooling water Temperature test f) Retardation test g) Volumetric efficiency and Air-fuel ratio test 6. Determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products 3.08.all systems and parts b) Petrol engines . Morse test on petrol engine.all systems and parts 2.

Operations Research. Addison Wesley 4.Mean and Variance of the above distributions . uniform. Equality of means .Hypothesis concerning one proportion. TMH 2.Standard error Estimation .Artificial variables . T. Probability and statistics for engineers. Poisson. G. Ravindran.Properties of normal distribution Computing probabilities using Binomial.Linear correlation and regression .Hypothesis concerning a mean.graphical solution General linear programming problem . Veerarajan. difference of two proportions.Distribution functions .Basic feasible solution Degenerate and non-degenerate solutions . Johnson.Interval estimation of population mean and proportions ( small and large samples) .Big-M method . Poisson. Probability and Random Processes.Canonical form of LPP Duality in LPP . PartA (40 marks) shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. .Mean and Variance .Solution by simplex method .Properties of primal and dual optimal solutions solution using duality Reference 1. Solberg. Module III Linear programming .Binomial.Simple problems. Pearson 3.Solution of LPP .Principle of least squares . Wiley University Examination: The question paper shall consist of two parts. exponential and normal distributions Module II Curve fitting .Optimal solution . PartB (60 marks) will have 3 modules . There shall be 2 questions from each module (20 marks each) out of which one is to be answered 45 .Formation of LPP .Sampling distributions . Hadly. Philips.basic solution .501 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING MATHS IV (CMPU) Credits : 4 Module I Discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions .Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation .Testing of Hypothesis . uniform and exponential distributions .Slack and surplus variables Standard form .Probability distribution (density) functions .SEMESTER V 08. Richard A. Linear Programming.Normal distribution .Fitting a straight line Fitting a parabola .

Principles of operation of synchronous motorsmethods of starting. B. Auto transformers constant voltage transformer. Referemces: 1.V curves. Metha.torque slip characteristics.types – emf equation of alternator – regulation of alternator by emf method.08. Equivalent circuits.synchronous condenser. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 46 . Theraja & A. torque and power with motor current.502 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY (MPU) Credits : 4 Module 1 DC Machines-principle of operation-emf equation-types of excitations.slip ring and squirrel cage types. shunt and series excited DC generators.vector diagramslosses and efficiency – OC and SC tests. Circle diagrams.methods of starting – direct online – auto transformer – star delta and rotor resistance starting ModuleIII Single phase motors.K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 4. Guptha . Methods of speed control – methods of braking. V. A text book of electrical technology. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Art and utilization of electric energy. Fundamentals of electric machines. 2.stepper motor. General idea of armature reaction.efficiency calculations. Separately excited.simple numerical problems. Three phase induction motors.principles of operation – rotating magnetic field. Theraja. Applications of dc shunt series and compound motors.types of motors used in traction systems. Principles of starting. 3. Principles of electrical and electronics. Electric traction – systems of power supply – functional schematic of ac electric locomotives.instrument transformers. Partab. Principles of dc motors-torque and speed equations-torque speed characteristics.principle of operation of single phase induction motor – split phase motor – capacitor start motor. L.maximum efficiency – all day efficiency – simple numerical problems. occ and load characteristicssimple numerical problems.R & Vandana Singal. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks load and blocked rotor tests.B.universal motor Synchronous machines. ModuleII Transformers – principles of operations – emf equation. losses and efficiency – load test. compound generators.variations of speed.

calculation of minimum number of teeth.interference and under cutting. Pearson Education University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Coriolis component of acceleration Klien’s Construction Belt – Rope –Chain Drives: Introduction – Open and ccross belt drive – length of belt – ratio of belt tensions – centrifugal tensions.effect of friction in gears. Coupler curve. Ballaney. contact ratio. Narosa 7. flat faced or roller followers-. Gear trains: Types of gear trains-compound. band . Rao and Dukkipatti.08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). (Slider crank mechasim only) Module – II Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms: Relative velocity method Relative acceleration method –Graphical method .McGraw Hill 2.. V.S. number and dimensional synthesis – function generation – chebyshev spacing – Three position synthesis – graphical methods – Analytical methods. Velocity analysis of mechanisms: Velocity analysis – Instantaneous center of velocity. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler .-standard follower motions– Disc cam with reciprocating or pivoted type knife edge. Description of Tangent cam and circular arc cams (No problems).Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 6. References 1. S. Transmission angle. Dynamometers. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Module – I Credits : 4 47 . Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. Myzka. Torque in epicyclic gear trains. Synthesis: Introduction to kinematic synthesis – types. Shigley and Uicker.Description of Absorption and Transmission type dynamometers Module – III Gears:Types of gears –Terminology. Rachet and pawl mechanisms. Straight line mechanisms – Watt mechanism – Peaucellier mechanism – Harts mechanism. path of contact. Degrees of freedom – Kutzbach criterion – Grashof’s Law – Kinematic inversions – Concepts of mechanical advantage. Mechanics of Machinery. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Theory of machines. band and block brakes-internal expanding shoe brakes. Cams: Classification of cams and followers-Terminology graphical layout of cam profiles.Velocity and acceleration diagrams – Vector methods . Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Pearson Education 8. Mechanism and Machine theory.V belt drive-Rope drive – Power tramsmitted Friction Clutches Plate clutches – Conical clutches – power tramsmitted Brakes and Dynamometers.Freudensteins equations.. THM 5. Ramamoorthi.L. Rattan.Wiley Eastern 3. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 4. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik . arc of contact. Kinematics of Machines. P. Steering mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms – Intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism. Aronhold & Kennedy’s theorem – locating instantaneous centers (upto 6 link mechanisms) – Velocity analysis using instantaneous method – Centrodes velocity analysis – analytical method.initial tensions. reverted and epicyclic. Introduction to graphical and vector approaches. Types of brakes: Analysis of shoe .law of gearing – gear tooth profiles. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.503 THEORY OF MACHINES (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Introduction: Terminology – definitions and assumptions.

Micro controllers – Intel 8051 – Architecture. mechanical system. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). ConvertersSingle phase half wave and Bridge converters. 2nd Edn. Stability analysis in frequency domain using Bode plot. application and Design. register banks. peak overshoot and falling time. addressing modes. Muhammad H Rashid. John Wiley and sons 5. Transfer function-electrical system. New Delhi This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept. Application of 8051 microcontroller based temperature control system. Harish C. Frequency response -frequency domain specifications-bandwidth and resonant peak. DAC.Laser diode and Thermistors . Transducers – LED. PHI 2. peak time. Instruction set of 8051 – Programming examples (addition. 2nd Edn.504 L-T-D: 2-1-0 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (MP) Credits : 3 Module I Thyristors-Working and characteristics of SCR. Dielectric heating and Induction heating . Industrial and power electronics. Applications for industrial measurement and control... Photoelectric devices. Working and characteristics of UJT and IGBT. Module II Data acquisition system-block diagram and explanation of each block. Part A and Part B. 8 bit multiplication and 8 bit division. II and III. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. PI and PID controllers. of Electronics and Communications in the colleges. time domain specifications-rise time. The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edn. subtraction. PHI. Module III Control systems: Open loop and closed loop control systems.Principle and applications.TRIAC.principle of operations of APD.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. 6th Edn. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 48 . Resistance welding-sequence timer. special function registers. References 1.Actuators. Structure and working of power BJT. Stability of a system-definitionstability analysis using Routh hurwitz criterion. Thomson India edition 3. ADC . delay time. memory organization. Benjamin C. Automatic cotrol system. Ayala.08. Power Electronics. Power Electronics. Rai. Ned Mohan. Photo transister and Photovoltaic cell. interfacing with 7-segment LED display only). Converters. Second order systems response to step input.. Principle of PD. PHI 4. Kuo.

G. 4. Khanna Pub. Ghosh A and Malic A. Kalpakjian. Tool Engineering & Design. Chernov. Printice Hall of India.N. Media promoters and publishers. Work done. Mir Publishers 5. Elements of workshop technology. Electromagnetic forming. Chip formation.K. Cylinderical and Centreless grinding. TMH University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 3.T. Grinding Machines – Classification – Operations – Surface. Production Technology. EBM and Chemical Machining.505 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS (MN) Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to Metal cutting. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 49 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Ltd.Black. unconventional machining process – EDM. Measurement of cutting forces. Milling Machine – Types – Principal parts – Types of milling cutters – Elements of plain milling cutters – Up milling. Ceramic tools and inserts. Work holding parts of lathes and their functions – Main operations – attachments – Feeding Mechanisms. Tool Signature – Tool Geometry – Machinability – Tool Wear and wear measurement – Factors affecting tool life – Analysis of cutting forces in orthogonal cutting . High energy rate forming process –Explosive forming . Cutting Fluids. Rao. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology .al. WEDM. Transfer machines. Manufacturing Technology. Production Technology. R.A. Materials and Processes in Manufacturing . pvt.Merchants theory (simple problems). Module III Semi – automatic Machine Tools – Turret and Capstan Lathes. Production Technology . TMH. Poul De Garmo.Addison Wesley 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Specification of grinding wheels . Affiliated East West Press. 1997. Machine Tools. Powder Metallurgy-basic concepts and advantages.Pvt. Ltd. Down milling and face milling operations – Indexing – Simple Indexing – Differential indexing.R.USM. Automatic Machine Tools – Single Spindle and Multi-spindle machines .. AJM. Module II General Purpose Machine Tools – Principle of operation of Lathe – Types of lathes and size specification. Hajra Choudary et.Nagpal.Jain. Characteristics of Tool materials. Shaper mechanism – Calculation of cutting speed – Shaper operation and tools used. Reference: 1. R. 8.K.08.-Dressing and Truing of Grinding wheels. Tool dynamo meters. J. Sathya Prakashan 7. Khanna Publishers 6. 9. Economic of Machining – Cutting Tools for different materials and cutting speeds. Types of chips. LBM.Gupta.Glazing and Loading of wheels. HMT. 10. Apron mechanism. vol2. Manufacturing Science.Kosher. P. Vol II.K. R. Orthogonal and Oblique cutting. ECM. Hydro forming.

Drain and transfer characteristics of JFET 12.507 L-T-D: 0-0-3 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING LAB Credits : 3 General study of Lathe and Accessories. 2. and planning machines. Load test on DC series motor 5. Load test on single phase transformer 7. Determination of . load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor 8. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor 9. Half wave and full wave rectifiers with and with out filters. Exercises involving plane turning. Input and output characteristics of CE and CB configurations of BJTs. critical speed.observe the waveforms on CRO 50 .508 1.determination of critical resistance . Study of shaping and slotting machines. grooves and key ways. OCC on a DC shunt generator. Groove cutting. Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by star delta switch. form turning. Static V-I characteristics of SCR 13. Load characteristics of a dc shunt generator. 3. taper turing. exercises involving production of flat surfaces. Load test on DC shunt motor 6. input resistance and output resistance 11.506 Refer Elective Section: ELECTIVE I 08. additional resistance required in the field circuit. facing and thread cutting. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB (MPU) ENGINEERING LAB L-T-D: 0-0-3 Credits : 3 08. Load characteristics of DC compound generator 4. V-I characteristics of diodes and zener diode 10. Tools used for different operations.08.

K. Module II Comparator:. Jain. C. Considerations. 6.Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and Dynamometers. Basic standards of length.Deviation as per BIS (simple problems). Ernest O Doebelin . R.601 51 .Systems of limits and fits.Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat – Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators. Measurement of major elements of Screw threads and Gears. Tolerance. C.Line standard and End standards – slip gauges. Module III Transducers:. ASME. 2. Gap. A text book of Engineering Metrology. Classification of Limit gauge. Jain. K. Hand book of Industrial Metrology. Gupta. Interchangeability & selective assembly.Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges. application.methods of Least SquaresSimple problems. R. Surface roughness measuring instruments – Different types. ring. Mechanical and Industrial measurements. 4.Simple problems. sine bar. 3. clino-meters.Limit gauges design. Electrical and Electronic comparators. CID cameras. Concepts of machine Vision system – CCD. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 5. position gauges etc – merits and demerits. sensitivity. Optical Measuring Instruments:. Angle gauges. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. R. Surface Finish. Engineering Precision Metrology. Optical. Stress. Engineering Metrology. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Microscope.Surface Texture – Evaluation of surface roughness. Gupta. Limits and Fits:.SEMESTER VI Module-I General Principles of Measurement: Introduction Concept of Precision. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION (MP) ((((((((MP)ENGINEERING MATHS IV L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 08. Co-ordinate measuring machine.Allowance.Mechanical. accuracy. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).gauges materialsGauges tolerance and wear allowance.Strain measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types. optical dividing head. Measurement system (Application and Design). Taylor’s principles. Snap gauges. Pneumatic. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution. calibration. spirit levels. I.Classification. taper. Angular measurements using bevel protractors.plug. Tool makers. Reference : 1.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module II Governors: Types of governors – Watt . Proell and Hartnell governors – Sensitiveness – Hunting – Isocronism – Stability – Effort and power of governor – Controlling force.Undamped force vibrations. Holowenko. Theory of Machines. . John Wiley 2.four force members. beam. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Method of virtual work. Theory of Machines 5. Lasithan.TMH 7.logarithmic decrement.Force due to unbalance . V. Narosa 6.L. Mcgrawhill 3.Porter. Ramamoorthi. Torsional vibrations Free torsional vibrations – Single rotor . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Dynamics of Machinery. Analysis with sliding and pin friction. Pearson Education 4. -analysis of gyroscopic action on vehicles-two wheelers. three rotor systems – Torsionally equivalent shaft .Free vibrations with viscous wheel in different applications like IC engines.Balancing of revolving masses in different planes – Balancing of reciprocating mass – single cylinder engine – multi cylinder engine – V engines .Force due to support motion – Vibration measuring instruments .Turning moment diagrams.602 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (MP) Module – I Force analysis: Static force analysis Graphical and vector method.. Elementary Mechanical Vibration and Noise Control University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. -Analysis of mechanisms. -forced vibrations. different methods of analysis.Free body diagrams-Conditions for equilibrium. air planes and ships. Equivalent dynamical systems. Transverse vibration – string. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 9.Balancing machines...Principal of super position Dynamic force analysis: Inertia force and inertia torque. Balancing :Static and Dynamic balancing . four wheelers. Module III Vibration Analysis: Types of vibrations – Basic elements of a vibrating system . Rao and Dukkipati.geared systems. Analysis of mechanisms without considering friction. D’Alemberts principle. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik.Dunkerley’s method – Whirling of shafts – critical speed. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 52 .two and three force members. Mechanics of Machinery. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. -Punching press – Dimensions of the fly wheel rim – Size of fly wheel. Natural frequency .. Shaking forces and moments. Gyroscopes : Principle. Flywheel analysis: Fly wheel.vibration isolation and transmissibility. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed.08. References 1. Ballaney P. Stability of an automobile – stability of a two wheel vehicle –Stabilization of ship. Shigley and Uicker. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . Mechanisms and Machine theory 8. S S Rattan.vibrometers – accelerometers..Two rotor.

8. New Age Int. Computer graphics software. Thomson Learning 10.CAM Theory and Practice". Necessity for CAD. 9. R. Jr. Design for Manufacture. post processing phase. Anderson. Virtual Reality: Introduction. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. McGraw. Data Exchange Formats. Windowing and Clipping. Prentice Hall 4. Module III Introduction to finite element analysis-steps involved in FEM. Methods of defining points. Hidden surface removal algorithms – z-buffer algorithm. Thirupathi R Chandrupatla and Ashok D. John Wiley and sons 5. New York.Preprocessing phasediscretisation-types of elements selection of interpolation functions. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Inc. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).surface and solid models. CAD/CAM. David V Hutton. Solution of 1D and 2D structural and solid mechanics problems .Features of Soild Modeling Packages . Daryl Logan. " Mathematical Elements in Computer Graphics ". THM. rotation.assembly of global equations-solution procedure. " CAD / CAM / CIM ".wire frame . Rogers and J. User interaction devices. Engineering analysis. Module II Computer graphics. Automated drafting. M. TMH Pub. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basics with Applications. Grigore Burdea.Radhakrishnan and S. CSG and B-REP Techniques . “Computational fluid dynamics: An introduction for engineers. McGraw-Hill Book Company. New Delhi. scaling. graphic Standards. Abbott. DVST and raster scan displays. Hearn and Baker.” Harlow. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 2-1-0 53 . Ibrahim Zeid.F. Co.components. Hardware and software for Virtual Reality environment.A. Computer Graphics... 11.beam element. LCD and plasma discharge displays. Isoparametric formulation.D. "CAD .Bresenhams algorithm.Cohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm. CST element. 2D and 3D Transformations– translation. Design Database. J. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 6.formulation of load vector.Hill.Adams. Mikell P Groover. Design Analysis.Subramanyan. Interactive display devices.603 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (MPU) Credits : 3 Module –I Computer Aided Design – Definition.Formulation of stiffness matrix . Essex. B. directed beam refresh.CRT. Ltd 6. Philippe Coiffet. Sadhu Singh. D. Design workstation.arcs . " Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing ". lines. Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis. D. mirroring. Virtual Reality Technology. 3D modeling: types of models. 1998 7. P. Data communications. References: 1. Belagundu. A First course in Finite Element Method. scan line algorithm. New York 3.. and Basco. Pearson Education. England: Longman Scientific & Technical.08. design review and evaluation..Parametric and features Interfaces to drafting. Khanna Publishers.linear static analysis. concatenation of transformations. NY.Transformation of coordinates. Applications of Virtual Reality in product design. Simple problems with Axial element . Benefits of CAD Design process – Application of computers in Design. Prentice Hall 2. Hardware in CAD. Dynamic analysis. functions of CG packages.Geometric modeling.

cylindrical and spherical coordinatesOne dimensional steady state conduction with and without heat generationconduction through plane walls.simple problems. Heat and Mass Transfer. Radiation shields(no derivation). Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. S.solid angle. Mass Transfer : Mass transfer by molecular diffusion.evaluation of mass transfer coefficient. Incropera and David P. S.Application of dimensional analysis to free and forced convection. Fins: Types of fins .empirical relations. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 54 .Kothandaraman. 3..Kirchoff’s law.overall heat transfer coefficient . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Second Edition.Wein’s displacement law-Stefan Boltzmann’s lawblack. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.infinite parallel plates. Kothandaraman C P.Heat transfer from fins of uniform cross sectional area.equimolar diffusionIsothermal evaporation of water through air. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).simple problems-Convective mass transfer.Nature of thermal radiation-definitions and concepts. Heat Transfer. John Wiley and sons 4.Chand & Co. Dewitt. Nag P K.problems using empirical relations Elementary ideas of hydrodynamics and thermal boundary layers.Rajput.effectiveness. McGraw Hill Inc. 8.analogy between heat and mass transfer. 5.critical radius of insulation.parallel discs (simple problems using charts and tables). liquids and gases-Factors affecting thermal conductivity. 7.Electrical analogy. cylinders and spheres-variable thermal conductivityconduction shape factor. Frank P.Venketashan. reflectivity and transmissivity-Concept of black body.. Combined conduction and convection heat transfer . gray and real surfacesConfiguration factor (derivation for simple geometries only). New York. Heat and mass transfer . Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer. Subramanya. Holman J P.Heat exchange between black/gray surfaces. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach.Fick’s law of diffusion. 6. Yunus A Cengel. Ane books University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.P.Planck’ law. equal and parallel opposite plates-perpendicular rectangles having common edge.NTU method. New York 2..monochromatic and total emissive power-Intensity of radiation. Heat exchangers: Types of heat exchangersLMTD method. Transient heat conduction-lumped heat capacity method Module II Convection heat transfer: Newton’s law of cooling-Dimensional analysisBuckingham’s Pi theorem.absorptivity.empirical relations.K. Introduction to heat pipe Module III Radiation. R. Data book: Heat and Mass Transfer data book: C. Sachdeva R C.Fin efficiency and effectiveness.08. S. New age International publishers References: 1. New Age International Publishers.diffusion coefficientSteady state diffusion of gases and liquids through solid.Most general heat conduction equation in Cartesian.P.Mass transfer through boundary layer. Tata McGraw Hill Inc. Heat Transfer. Heat and Mass Transfer.604 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER Credits : 4 Module I Modes of Heat Transfer: Conduction: Fourier law of heat conduction-Thermal conductivity of solids.heat transfer through corners and edges. Boiling and condensation heat transfer (elementary ideas only).

Phelan R. splines and cotters. Srithar.torsion and bending in welded joints .impact load . Prentice Hall India 7. THM University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Thomson Learning 9. Fundamentals of Machine Component Design. I &II P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Springs: classification and use of springs. Soderberg method.preloading of bolts. Ltd. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Machine Design Data Handbook Design data Book -K. McGraw Hill Book Company 5. Juvinall R. compression and torsion springs .C. and torsional stresses. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Use of Design Data hand books allowed for reference during examinations 55 . thin cylinders. . John Wiley 6. Kulkarni S.. Thick cylinder equation. References 1.08. Machine Design Data Handbook.. THM.reversed bending and steady torsion . Design of Machine Elements. Mechanical Design of Machines. Welded joints . Maleev & Hartman.. Machine Design – Wentzell.M.welds subjected to fluctuating loads design of welded machine parts and structural joints Module III Pressure of leaf springs.ductile and brittle behaiour-true stress and true strain.G.tolerances and fits principles of standardisation – Materials and their properties. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Design of machine elements for fatigue loading Design Data hand books Prof. & Marshek K.stresses in screw threads. Ganesh Babu. Hydraulic accumulators. Shigley et al. shear.stresses in couplings design of couplings. THM 10. Tech. International Book Company 3. Design of bolted joints .design of helical springs for static and fatigue loading .fatigue loading . McGraw Hill Book Company 2. Mahadevan – C. Narayana Iyengar B.extension. Mechanical Engineering for static loads .stresses in shafts . Power screw. Doughtie V.605 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS I Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to design . Design of Machine Elements. Shigley J. Machine Design Robert L Norton .V. Thread standards .. & Vallance A.Fracture toughness-factor of safetymargin of safety-variable stress-endurance limit-fatigue factor-theories of failure – combined steady and variable stress-Gerber. Prentice Hall India 8. Power shafting .design factors .L. & Dr Lingaiah K. R.stresses in butt and fillet welds . Vol.spring materialsstresses in helical springs .Elastic and plastic behaviour of metals. Compound Cylinders.deflection of helical springs . Machine Design.shaft couplings.critical frequency of helical springs . keys. for strength and deflection . THM.analysis of power screws.Spotts.types of welded joints . bending.Selection of materials – stresses in machine partstension. Siegel.stress strain curves. Fundamentals of Mechanical Design. Design of Machine Elements.consideration of creep and thermal stresses in design Module II Design of Pins. Mechanical Engineering Design.compression. 11..S Pub.. combined stressstress concentration – stress intensity factor. Goodman.S.F. TMH. 4.G..steps in design process . Ganesh Babu.M..

Thermal analysis. Exercises on modeling and assembly. Part B – 40 marks from Assembly and/or Analysis. Surface and Cylindrical grinding machines – Study of Drilling machines Study of CNC machines and Manual part programming Exercises on Milling machines-face milling. Creation of assembled views of riveted joints. III. II. Taper turning.606 Refer Elective Section: ELECTIVE II 08. b. University exam pattern: Duration – 3 hrs. end milling – spur and helical gear cutting – milling of keyways Exercise on Grinding and Drilling Machines. Fluid flow analysis.08. Ball and cup turning. CAD ANALYSIS LAB Credits : 3 Introduction to solid modeling and Finite Element Analysis softwares. The question paper shall consist of two parts . Viva Voce – 20 marks 08. cotter joints and shaft couplings. Part A – 40 marks from modeling. Thread cutting. a.608 L-T-D: 0-0-3 MACHINE TOOLS LAB Credits : 3 Study of Milling Machines and Milling Cutters Study of Grinding machines. c. Structural analysis. Exercises on CNC lathe : Turning. Creation of higher end 3D solid models. Contour milling and Drilling. 56 . Exercises on the application of Finite Element Method to engineering systems:a.607 L-T-D: 0-0-3 I. Exercises on CNC Milling machine: Surface milling. b. Pocket milling.

Principles & Practice of Management.701 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MODELLING (MPU) Credits : 3 L-T-D: 2-1-0 Module. cooperative organizations and Government organizations. Introduction to management science. Module. 3.R.Asia. Bernaud W Taylor III. M. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 6. 5. T N Chabra. fixed group technology layout.linear programming and its application in management. Concept of pre modern. public limited companies. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Essentials of Management. Fraidoon Mazda. 4.forecasting of demanddifferent methods (simple problems). Layout planning. Mahajan Industrial Engineering & Production Management. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Objectives and function . process. Basu. O P Khanna. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Pearson Edn. C. Queing theory: Single server models. different types. Business Organisation & Management.II Facilities planning:-Selection of site. Asia. PERT – probability of completion. marketing environment. Tripathi & Reddy. Line and staff. Pearson Edn. transportation and assignment problems Decision making : statistical decision theory. Formation of companies:. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 57 . Organisational structure:. Industrial engineering and management. Hillier and Lieberman.Proprietary Partnership and joint stock companies – private limited. project and matrix organization..I Evolution of Scientific management :. Sales management:. Dhanpat Rai Pub. orientation and training of workers – Industrial safety and health-Labour welfare –Industrial psychology –Labour legislation. Tata McGraw Hill. product. Principles of Management. Module III Quantitative techniques in management:. Engineering Management.Authority. 8.Principles and functions of scientific management. responsibility and span of control system concept of management – Line. 2. Koontz & Weihrich. Levels and skills of management. THM. Dhanpat Rai theory – CPM – crashing of networks. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).SEMESTER VII 08. modern and post modern management. 9. Fundamentals of operation research. selection. Personal management:objectives and function-recruitment. Marketing: Concepts. References: 1. computerized planning techniques. 7. decision tree.factors to be considered – plant layout. Game theory and its applications. -Market segmentation-marketing mix-product life cycle.

Vijayaraghavan. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems.Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general mechanical. Resolvers and synchros. Mechatronics. Bolton. New Delhi 2006. 5. fluid and thermal systems. inductive. Proximity sensors: Magnetic. Ramachandran. HMT. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot. Vinoy.Working and applications of MEMS based accelerometer. Displacement and position sensors. servo and stepper motors. 6. Aldatore.P. pressure sensor and gyroscope Module II Design of modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements . New Delhi 2008. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies. development of simple ladder diagrams.. Applications. capacitive and eddy current methods. Person Education Limited. vibration and acoustic emission sensors. Gopalakrishnan. 4. electrical.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. M. Force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. 3. 2. System modeling . Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. Adaptive control of machine tools. ultrasonic. Mair. Histand.08. Image processing techniques: histogram analysis. David G. Ltd. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. II and III. G.Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD) cameras. automatic car park barrier system. Industrial Robotics. Inc. W.. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 58 . hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices. McGraw-Hill Inc. Principle and types of force. Wiley India Pvt. K. Bearings: anti-friction bearings. Michael B. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) – Architecture. England 2006. USA 2003. Varadan. UK 1998. K. Robotic vision . temperature.. Velocity and motion sensors. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Person Education. Saeed B. Measuring system for NC machines: direct and indirect measuring system. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis. 7. Systems. hydrostatic bearing and hydrodynamic bearing.702 MECHATRONICS (MPU) Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics. Niku.S. drives.K. S.Machine structure: guide ways. Prentice Hall International. Harmonic drive. New Delhi 2004. brushless. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.. input/output processing. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders. Balasundaram. New Delhi 2007. References 1.. Part A and Part B. Module III Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC. Roller and ball screws. Vijay K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). optical. Gordon M. Pneumatic. thresholding and connectivity method. J. AC. Tactile sensor. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods . automobile engine management system.

08.stagnation temperature probe.M. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 59 .Concept of continuumsystem and control volume approach. subsonic and supersonic flows. Balachandran.Fanno line on h-s and P-v diagram. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Area-Velocity relation using 1D approximationnozzle and diffuser-mass flow rate-chocking in isentropic flow-flow coefficients and efficiency of nozzle and diffuser. Yahya. S.subsonic compressible flow field measurement (Pressure. References 1.Normal Shock on Fanno. Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible flow – Vol 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Shapiro. Rayleigh curves. Model III Irreversible discontinuity in supersonic flow . E.working formula.conservation of mass.operation of nozzle under varying pressure ratios. momentum and energy. dimensional shock wave.Rankine. 4. 3. One dimensional steady isentropic flow .maximum possible heat addition-location of maximum enthalpy point. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).interferometer. Gas Tables.Adiabatic and isentropic flow of a perfect gas.Hugoniot Relation. 2. Velocity and Temperature) .Meyer relations.Pressure coefficient-physical difference between incompressible.Oblique shock wavessupersonic flow over a compression and expansion corner (basic idea only).temperature recovery factor. Flow through constant area duct with heat transfer (Rayleigh Flow)governing equations.two dimensional shock waves. P. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Shock strength.working tables-charts and tables for isentropic flow.governing equations. Fundamentals of compressible flow. Fundamentals of compressible fluid dynamics.Fanno relation for a perfect gas.stagnation state.shadowgraphSchlieren technique.working tables for Rayleigh flow. S M Yahya.curves and tables-moving normal shock (elementary treatment only). Rathakrishnan. Module II Flow in a constant area duct with friction (Fanno Flow) – Governing Equations.Mach cone-sonic boomreference velocities-Impulse function-adiabatic energy equationrepresentation of various flow regimes on steady flow adiabatic ellipse.compressibility correction factor.Prandtl.thermal chocking.wedge probe.basic equations. Gas Dynamics.Chocking due to friction-Isothermal flow(elementary treatment only)working tables for Fanno flow.stationary normal shock.Acoustic velocity-Mach number-effect of Mach number on compressibility.compressibility Wave propagation.supersonic flow measurementRayleigh Pitot tube. Compressible flow field visualization and measurement.Rayleigh line in h-s and P-v diagram-Rayleigh relation for perfect gas.703 L-T-D: 3-1-0 GAS DYNAMICS Credits : 4 Module I Introductory Concepts to Compressible wire anemometer.

R. humidifiers . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 5. P.08.steam jet refrigeration.Limitations of reversed Carnot cycle. Refrigeration and air-conditioning.heating .Design plants.plate freezing .multi compression and multi evaporator systems. 4.factors affecting-cooling load estimation .h Diagrams.Regenerative and reduced ambient system. comfort and industrial air conditioning.adiabatic saturation process -psychrometers. Application of refrigeration. Arora.Different combinations of evaporator and compressor for different applications. 7. state and mass rate of dehumidified air quantity – Fresh air supplied –air refrigeration. Year round air conditioning AC system controls-thermostat and humidistat.Electrolux. Refrigeration system components. Refrigeration and air-conditioning. evaporators. retail outlets. wet and dew point temperature – humidity.adiabatic mixing. Refrigerants and their properties-Eco-friendly Refrigerants.sensible heating and cooling.704 L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Introduction – Brief history and applications of refrigeration. 2.drawbacksLithium Bromide water system. Stoecker.flash inter cooling and flash gas removal. Liquid suction heat exchangeractual cycle.F. absolute humidity.simple system. and other place of amusement . Comfort air conditioning. Thermodynamic wet bulb temperaturepsychometric chart. Arora and Domkundwar.Compressors. 3.Air conditioning of restaurants.Refrigerant leakage and detection – charging of refrigerant – system controls. selection of refrigerants for different applications. Summer air conditioning. Adiabatic demagnetization of paramagnetic salts. Effective temperature – comfort chart. Multi pressure systems . Cooling towers. relative humidity and degree of saturation. Air distribution systems. condensers.Apparent dew point temperature – Choice of supply condition. dry. Refrigeration and air-conditioning.representation on T. Air craft refrigeration systems. hospitals. L. simple bootstrap. computer center. References : 1. Principles of Refrigeration. Cascade system Module II Vapour absorption systems . under cooling. mixed refrigerants. Ballaney.Psychometric processes.reversed Carnot cycle.duct system and design. J . 6. C. Inter cooling . P. S. Psychometric properties. Vapour compression systems-simple cycle .domestic refrigerators. Reversed Joule cycle.Vortex tube refrigeration-Very low temperature refrigeration systems (concept only). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Cold storages. COP.heat pump and refrigeration machines. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).split system-packaged system-all air system-chilled water system.sensible heat factor-RSHF and GSHF line. cinema theatre. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60 REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING TRANSFER Credits : 4 60 .saturated and unsaturated air. Manohar Prasad. quick-freezing. Winter air conditioning – factors affecting heating system. air washer – bypass factor.enthalpy of moisture..super. ASHRAE Handbook University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.factors affecting human comfort. Air conditioning systems.Different types and their application fields. Thermodynamics of refrigeration. specific humidity. C. W.Air refrigeration systems. Module III Air conditioning – meaning and utility. Dossat. expansion devices. Industrial applications of air conditioning . Refrigeration and air-conditioning.Effect of operating parameters on COP – methods of improving COP of simple cycle.thermodynamic equations. Refrigeration and preservation methods.water air conditioner.s and P.Ammonia – water system .humidifying and dehumidifying.comparison with vapour compression system. Unit of refrigeration.

A Textbook of machine design.08. Crankshaft.nomenclature – spur. Eurasia Pub.. helical.705 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS II Module I Credits : 4 Design of gears. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. bevel and worm gears . S. Module III Design of I. Friction and power loss in pivots and collars. L/D ratio.S. & Marshek K. centrifugal clutch. Kurmi & J. Harry. Prentice Hall of India.. & Dr Lingaiah K. Tata McGraw Hill Pub.K/Kataria & for strength and wear. Helical gear.Lewis equation and Lewis form factor.multiple plate and cone clutches. 3.Static and Dynamic load capacity. Sadhu Singh. Machine Design Data Handbook 3. P.B. 10. John F. Tech. selection of bearings. Design data Book.bending strength of gear teeth .E. 7. 8.heat dissipation .design stresses -basic tooth stresses . Machine Design Thomson Learning.R. Lakshmi Pub. J.Ball & roller bearings. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.stress concentration .Hydrodynamic bearings-Sommerfield Number. clutches-dog clutchselection of single plate .C Sharma and DK Aggarwal. Design of pressure vessels. Mc Graw Hill Book Co. Shigley. K. P.C engine parts-cylinder.service factor . Wentzell. Module II Bearing and Lubrication-Journal bearing-Introduction to lubrication – types of lubrication and lubricants .M. Machine Design.surface strength and durability . Design of Machine Elements. Machine Design Data Handbook 2.S. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Machine Design.G. Prof. C.Buckingham’s equation for dynamic load . Working stress in gear teethDynamic load and wear load on gear teeth.gear materials -tooth loads . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Stribeck’s equations..Minimum film thickness-bearing materialsHydrostatic bearings.C. 6.bearing types . A Textbook of machine design. R. References: 1. M. Khanna Pub.S Pub. Juvinall R. Fundamentals of Mechanical Design.velocity factor .Equivalent dynamic load-Bearing life. piston connecting rod. Flywheel. Machine Design.viscosity . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Use of Design Data hand books allowed for reference during examinations 61 . Rolling contact bearings . Narayana Iyengar B. Clearance ratio. Ltd 9. Fundamentals of Machine Component Design. 5. Gupta. Mahadevan. 2. Phelan R. Design of spur gear. 4.M. Rajendra Karwa. Co.K.F Spotts. bevel gear and worm gear-AGMA standards. Design Data hand books 1.

08. Determination of Stefan Boltzman constant 12. Determination of Thermal conductivity of liquids 13. 8. Determination of heat transfer coefficients using forced and free convection apparatus. Test on refrigeration and air conditioning equipment. Experiment on Heat pipe 62 . 11. Study and Performance Analysis of a) Reciprocating compressor b) Rotary compressor c) Blowers 7. 4. 3. Determination of emissivity 6. Performance analysis of parallel flow.706 Refer Elective Section: ELECTIVE III 08. Velocity profile using pitot tube. Counter flow and cross flow heat exchangers. Conduction heat transfer analysis of a) Plane composite walls b) Cylindrical composite walls 5. Calibration of Thermocouples 9.707 L-T-D: 0-0-2 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB Credits : 2 2. Calibration of Pressure gauge 10.

Study of Metallurgical Microscope and Polishing Machines 2. 7. 25% credit should be given for Project . which can be the preliminary work of final project. 3.708 L-T-D: 0-0-2 Metallurgy: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB Credits : 2 1. 4. and submit a report at the end of semester. 6.709 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PROJECT AND SEMINAR (MPU) Credits : 2 The Students shall do a project work. Cast iron. Metrology: 1. 5. 2. 8. and 75% credit for Seminar. Microstructure study of Mild steel. CIM 1. . Experiment on Robotics ( Robot Programming) 3. A report on seminar also shall be submitted at the end of the semester. Brass and Aluminium and heat treated steel. 9. Study and testing using Tool Dynamometer 2. The students shall present a seminar on a topic which is of high relevance to Mechanical Engineering. Experiment on PLC Study and experiment using profile projector Study of various measuring instruments like micrometers and calipers Experiment to test flatness Experiment to test roundness Measurement of angle using sine bar Experiment on Autocollimator Study and Experiment on Tool Maker’s microscope Experiment on LVDT Experiment on Acceptance sampling 08.08. 63 .

Longman Group Ltd. Energy Efficiency for Engineers & Technologists. Albert Thumann. P. T. Peak load and Energy displacement – Energy storage plants. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 5. Wayne. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Handbook of Energy Audits.801 ENERGY MANAGEMENT (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Energy conversion processes and devices – Energy conversion plants – Conventional ( Thermal. Module II Energy Management – Definitions and significance – objectives – Characterising of energy usage – Energy Management program – Energy strategies and energy planning – Energy Audit – Types and Procedure – Optimum performance of existing facilities – Energy management control systems – Energy policy in India – Computer applications in Energy management Module III Energy conservation – Principles – Energy economics – Energy conservation technologies – cogeneration – Waste heat recovery – Combined cycle power generation – Heat Recuperators – Heat regenerators – Heat pipes – Heat pumps – Pinch Technology Energy Conservation Opportunities – Electrical ECOs – Thermodynamic ECOs in chemical process industry – ECOs in residential and commercial buildings – Energy Conservation Measures. Fairmont Press Ltd.B. 4.D. 6. Fuel cells and Magneto Hydrodynamics) – Energy storage and Distribution – Electrical energy route – Load curves – Energy conversion plants for Base load . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Energy from waste.R.B.D. C. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 2-1-0 64 .Eastop and D.M and Wlliam. 3. Rai. Khanna Publishers. Fairmont Press Ltd. Power Plant Engineering.J. References: 1. Khanna Publishers.E.Parulekar.Younger. P.Rao and Dr.K. Intermediate load. 2.C. Non – conventional Energy Sources.Turner . Nag.M. C E. Energy Technology. Nuclear fission ) and Non – conventional ( Biomass. Hydro.E. Energy plantation. Energy Management Hand book. S. Croft. TMH. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. G.SEMESTER VIII 08.

L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Evolution of modern Concepts in Industrial Engineering – Functions of Industrial Engineering – Field of application of Industrial Engineering Product Development and research- Design function – Objectives of design, - Manufacturing vs purchase- Economic aspects C-V-P analysis Development of designs- prototype, production and testing – Selection of materials and processes- Human factors in design- Value Engineering, Job plan. Introduction to Flexible manufacturing systems, Plant layout and Material handling- principles of material handling, Types of material handling equipments, Selection and application. Preventive and break- down maintenance - Replacement of equipments- Method of providing for depreciation- Determination of economic life - Simple problems. Module II Methods engineering: Analysis of work methods using different types of process chart and flow diagrams- Critical examination- Micro motion study and therbligsSIMO chart- Principles of motion economy – determination of allowances and standard time. - Job evaluation and merit rating – Objectives and principles of job evaluation- merit incentive plan – Merit rating plans. Wages and Incentives- Primary wage systems- Time rate and piece rate system of wage payment- Incentive plans- essentials of a good wage incentive plan- Non monitory incentives. Industrial relations- Psychological attitudes to work and working conditions - fatigueMethods of eliminating fatigue- Effect of Communication in Industry, causes effects of industrial disputes- Collective bargaining- Trade union – Workers participation in management. Module III Production planning and control- Importance of planning – job, batch and mass production- Determination of economic lot size in batch production- Functions of production control – Routing , Scheduling, dispatching and follow up- Gantt charts. Inventory Control, Inventory models -Determination of EOQ and reorder level, selective inventory control techniques. Quality control and Inspection- Destructive and non-destructive testing methodsprocess capability- Statistical quality control and control charts for X and R. (Simple problems without using SQC table) Acceptance sampling and operation characteristic curves- System reliability- life testing-Bath tub curve. Introduction to concepts of Bench marking, TQM, ISO, Six Sigma and Quality circles (Brief description only). References: 1. O. P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management. 2. Ralph and Barien, Time and Motion Study 3. Grant and Ieven Worth, Statistical Quality Control. 4. E. S. Buffa, Modern Production management. 5. M Mahajan, Industrial Engineering & Production Management, Dhanpat Rai Pub. 6. Martand Telsang, Industrial Engineering & Production Management, S. Chand. 7. B. Kumar, Industrial Engineering Khanna Pub. 8. Introduction to work study - ILO University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Credits : 4 Automobiles- History and Classification of Automobiles- different types of power units. Constructional details of reciprocating type power unit- multi cylinder engines: Cylinder block- crank case- cylinder liners- cylinder head- pistons- piston pins- piston rings- connecting rod, crank shaft- cam shaft- different types of valve operating mechanism- OHV, OHC side valve, Variable valve timing. Cooling System: Introduction- requirement of cooling system- direct- indirect cooling- Thermo siphonpumped circulation- pressurized cooling – Radiator- radiator cap- use of thermostatwater circulating pump- cooling fan- types of fan drive. Lubrication: Main functions of lubricating system- properties of lubricants- different methods of engine lubricationPetrol – Splash- pressure – wet sump- Dry sump. Air- fuel systems: Air filter- fuel filter- mechanical- electrical feed pumps ( AC & SU) Carburetor- down- horizontal – up draft- constant and variable choke- modern carburetor- different circuits- Petrol injection system-MPFI-Contact point ignition system-electronic ignition system. Diesel engine fuel circuit- injector pumps- (constant and variable stroke- rotary pump)-CRDI system- fuel injector Electrical systems . Starter motor- different types of starter drive- Bendix- solenoid shift- over running clutch- Ignition system- Magneto coil- battery coil- electronic- spark advance- centrifugal- vacuum- spark plugs – Fuel gauge – direction indicator – wind screen wiper. Module II Transmission Systems : Clutch- single plate dry- multiplate wet- Constructional details of single plate dry Clutch- Automatic Clutch- centrifugal – semi centrifugalmagnetic- diaphragm- fluid coupling- Torque converters. Gear boxes- constant meshsynchromesh- propeller shaft- front wheel- rear wheel drive- Hook’s slip jointsdifferential unit- hypoid drive- details- non- slip differential – Axles- dead live- different types of rear live axles- semi floating- three quarter floating – full floating – four wheel drive. Automatic transmission: Epicyclic Gear box- Semi automatic pre-selector gear box- Brog warmer, Hobbs and smiths transmissions- over drive. Variomatic transmission used in two-wheelers. Module III Braking System: Mechanical, Hydraulic, Pneumatic brakes- internal expanding shoedisc breakers- master Cylinder- wheel cylinder – power brakes- Steering systemsSteering Geometry – Castor- camber- king- pin inclination- toe in and toe – out- front wheel steering, rear wheel- four wheel steering, fifth – steering gears- worm and wheel- screw and nut recirculating ball- cam and roller- rack and pinion- power steering. Chassis and suspension: Construction of chassis- frame – bodysuspension- independent- torsion bar- coil spring- leaf spring-chassis lubricationTypes wheels- integrated rim- flat base rim- Tyres. Exhaust emission- pollution control – low polluting engines- stratified charge engine-method of charge stratification. Hybrid vehicles. Automotive air-conditioning References
1. Joseph Hietner, Automotive Mechanics, East- West Press Pvt. Ltd, Madras. 2. Station Abby, Practical Automobile Engineering, Asia Pub. House). 3. A.W. Judge, Modern Transmission System. 4. W. H. Crouse, Automotive Emission Control. 5. Edward F. Obert., Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution. 6. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering- Vol. I & II, Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)



Credits : 4

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Module I CIM- Meaning and scope of CIM, Nature of CIM systems, Types of manufacturing systems-Computers in manufacturing- needs of CIM- CAM software, CIM software- manufacturing automation protocol (MAP)- Date base technology-basic concepts, requirements, Types-Data base managementDBMS- RDBMS. CAD-areas of application-benefits, CAE-CAPP-Elements of CAPP system, advantages of CAAP- MRP. Module II NC machines- Types – Point- to point, straight cut and continuous path typeOpen and closed loop controls-Accuracy of NC machines- Stick – Slip, Backlash. Antifriction bearings- linear guides. Ball screws, stepper motor, servo meter, I V and PIV drives-CNC and DNC, Adaptive controls. Part programming: Manual part programming, Preparatory and miscellaneous codes, Interpolation and canned cycle, Tool compensation, APT, Simple problems on turning and drilling. Module III Group Technology- Cellular manufacturing –FMS- JIT- communication networks in manufacturing. Robotics and material handling – Introduction, types- Programming- Robotic controls, Automated guided vehicles- types, Technology- AS/RS. Role of management in CIM- Expert system, computer vision, concurrent Engineering. References: 1. Mikell P Groover, CAD/CAM/CIM –- PHI 2. P. Radhakrishnan & S. Subramoniam, CAD/ CAM/CIM. 3. S. Kant and Vajpayeee, Principles of CIM, PHI 4. Kalpakijan, Manufacturing Engg & Technology. 5. Mikell P Groover, Industrial Robotics. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


For internal assessment.806 Refer Elective Section: ELECTIVE V 08. 50% weightage to be given to the assessment of the guide and 50% to the committee assigned to assess the project work. For University examination a Viva-voce examination shall be conducted.08. The institution shall arrange minimum four Seminars on latest topics by experts from Industry. Project report.808 L-T-D: 0-0-5 PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE (MPU) Credits : 5 A project work of good quality should be done under the guidance of project guide(s) and a project report should be submitted. Seminar reports. 68 . Marks of Viva voce examination shall be based on the overall performance. performance in the class and general awareness on topics of expert lectures 08.807 L-T-D: 0-0-2 INDUSTRIAL SEMINAR (MPU) Credits : 2 The Student shall present a Seminar based on industrial visits under taken from V-VII semesters. The student shall be evaluated based on the report on industrial visits. A minimum of four visits are compulsory. Subject knowledge and general awareness in the developments in Mechanical Engineering. presentation. interaction.805 Refer Elective Section: ELECTIVE IV 08. A report on industrial visits shall be submitted.

Mech.Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. 7. Mechanical working Methods 6. Internet Technologies 13.706 Elective III 69 . Foundry Technology 9. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Agro Machinery 11. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Finite Element Methods 10. Material Characterisation 15. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. Communicative English and technical writing 2.Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08.Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Innovation and New Product Development 08. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Instrumentation and control 9. Materials Handling 10. Environmental Science 7. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Composite Materials Technology 12. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Powder Metallurgy 15. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Tool Engineering (MU) 17. Non Destructive Testing 14. Concurrent Engineering 20. Glimpses of world thought 5. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 1. Human aspects of management 3. Industrial Automation 21. Machine tool Technology 12.Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Professional ethics and human values 6. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Fracture Mechanics 6. Failure Analysis 17. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. New Energy systems 3. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Object Oriented Programming 4. Total Quality Management 12. Marketing Management. Nuclear Engineering 5. Disaster Management 4. Production and Automobile engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. Creativity. 506 Elective I 1. Micromachining Methods 16. Automotive Airconditioning 17.ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical.606 Elective II 1. Metal Forming 11. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Computer Graphics 2. Bio Materials 19. Advanced Welding technology 8.

Cryogenic Engineering 14. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Continuum Mechanics 17. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Nanotechnology 20. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Software Engineering 13. Rapid Prototyping 20. Production & Operations Management 15. Facilities Planning 4. 08. Robotics 18. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Surface Engineering 21. 806 Elective V 70 .Road Vehicles 25. Random vibrations 8. Multiphase flow 8. Propulsion Engineering 2. Value Engineering. Controls in Machine tools 9. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. 15. Management Information Systems 14. Product and brand management 18. Project Management 16. 805 Elective IV 1. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Tribology 11. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Engineering Design 24. Computerized Materials Management 7. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Design of IC Engines 17. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Off.1. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Bio Medical Engineering. Industrial Quality Control 4. Research Methodology 19. Creativity& Product Development 6. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Technology Forecasting 13. Financial Management 10. 12. Aerospace Engineering 3. High Temperature Materials 22. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5.

Effective Technical Communication-Barun K Mitra. Official letters-govt. Distinction between general and technical communication. 1. Oxford University Press. Speaking Skills: Oral practice-Describing objects/situations/people-Role play-Just A Minute/Group Discussion. placing order.Intensive listening-Listening for specific information. 5. Reading Skills: Skimming the text. condensing . Students should read the book on their own and selected topics may be discussed in the class. letter of quotation. PHI. letter to authorities. Reading.exposure to a variety of technical articles.informal letters-essentials of telephonic conversationinvitations-minutes of a meeting. Technical communication. (40 marks).506. downward and lateral-importance of technical communication. 2 questions out of 4 has to be answered from Module II. structure and style.1 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH AND TECHNICAL WRITING Credits : 4 Module-I Listening. Each answer carries 20 marks. Listening Skills: Listening for general content. Module III A non-detailed study of the autobiography: “Wings of Fire-an autobiography by Dr.barriers to communication. significance. English For Technical Communication. Business Correspondence and Report Writing.ELECTIVE I 08. L-T-D: 3-1-0 71 . Speaking and Writing skills. organizational. essays. letters. mass communication-the flow of communication: upward.Technical proposals-writing a proposal –the steps involved.language as a tool of communication. Preparing audio-visual aids. Questions to be limited to the topics Writing Skills& Basics of Technical Communication. Six short questions to be answered out of 8 questions from Module I. Reports-types. and journalistic articles.thesis writing. TMH New Delhi. (30 marks). (30 marks). Pearson Education.dissertation. K R Lakshmi Narayanan-Sci Tech Publications. Job application and resume. I &II. 2.Mohan K and Sharma R C. Business letters-sales and credit letters. Each answer carries 15 marks.Two essays out of Four has to be answered from module III. Basic Communication Skills for Technology-Andrea J Rutherford.. APJ Abdul Kalam”.. Writing Skills: Skills to express ideas in sentences. Technical papersprojects. use of appropriate vocabulary sentence construction-paragraphs development-note making-editing a passage and essay writing. References. graphic representation. Basics of Technical Communication.Universities Press (2004) University Examination:. 6.levels of communicationinterpersonal. Wings of Fire-an autobiography APJ Abdul Kalam. New Delhi. 4.features. writing reports. 3. letter of enquiry. Module-II Forms of Technical communication. Each answer carries 5 marks. Everyday Dialogues in English-Robert J Dixson. Vol.

Conflict management . Performance appraisal. Robbins. Grievance handling.Case studies. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Organizational Behaviour . Case studies. Motivation of person across cultures. Fred Luthans . Group dynamicsnature of groups and group decision making.theories and styles. Module 2 Organizational development. 5. References: 1.McGraw Hill.Pearson Education.Pearson Education. Leadership –nature and significance . Compensation policies. Stephen P. impact of culture in organizational behaviour. Scott . Recruitment and selection. theories and applications .506. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. beliefs. Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Tata Mc Graw Hill.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Self development. types. 4. Man power planning. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Managerial leadership across cultures.Transactional Analysis . Concepts of QWL-strategies for improved QWL. Perception. Organizational change. Organizational culture. Module 3 Human Resource Management –Concepts and objectives.Human Resource Management . Training and development. Labour legislation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 72 .nature and characteristics.Personnel Management . 2.2 HUMAN ASPECTS OF MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module1 Dimensions of Human Behaviour.Organizational Behaviour . Uma Sekharan. Case studies. Goals of organizational change and organizational development. Safety and health maintenance.08. 3. Concept of organizational climate-health and effectiveness. Motivation and Personality-concepts. Wage and salary administration. Gary Dessler. attitudes and intelligents in determining human behaviour.Modes of values. Resistance to change.

land use practices and disaster mitigation. Human induced disasters. Information systems and decision making tools in disaster management. floods.L(2001) Natural Disasters. Module III Issues in the prediction of natural disasters..E. 4. Disaster management in India. 73 . Earthquake tips Ramakant Gaur(2008) Disaster management. landslides and volcanoes.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Earth processes and natural disasters-significance of earth processes. Vulnerability assessment for earthquakes. The candidate has to answer one question of 20 marks from each module.R. tsunamis. P. P. Case histories of important natural disasters. McGraw Hill Company Bryant. floods. Disaster mitigation planning of human settlements and townships for earthquakes. tsunamis. L-T-D: 3-1-0 University Examination: Duration: 3 hours The question paper consists of Part A and Part B. Part B is for 60 marks. Part A is for 40 marks. GNOSIS. Murty. C. risks and disasters.V. floods. 3. tsunamis. landslides and volcanoes with special reference to construction of residential buildings and public utility buildings. landslides and volcanoes. 3rd Ed. Abbott. References 1. There will be 8 compulsory short answer questions of 5 marks each covering entire syllabus. Module II Preparedness and mitigation measures for earthquakes.A(1991) Natural hazards. natural hazards. Basic principles of disaster management. 2. There will be two questions from each module.08. Integration of rural development programmes with natural disaster mitigation and planning. Cambridge University Press. 172. New Delhi.506.

The History of ‘ideas’ . Dr Radhakrishnan S.some early Greek thinkers . Dialogues of Plato 17. culture and cognition . Dr Radhakrishnan S. Bertnard Russell. Ionians .positivism.. Sastras and Upanishds . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Incars . The Pleasures Philosophy. George Allen & Unwin 4.. Prentice Hall 18. Alston. Volume I to XII 6.. Story of Civilisation . Science . Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Volumes .revolutions in human perception .technology and revolutions industrial and scientific revolution Module II The major schools of thought . Human values in Engineering.Arts Vs. post-modernism.Mayars. Dr Radhakrishnan S.Life of Grees. The Story of Philosophy. nihilism. Recovery of Faith 16.structuralism . modernism and colonial theories. South America . Simon & Schuster disciplines .the science of signs.. Dr Radhakrishnan S.semiotics . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.The Philosophy of science and the development of the Scientific Method .theories of human evolution . Will & Ariel Durrent.the great intellectual debates . Module III: The modern era . Prentice Hall 20. Dr Radhakrishnan S. October Revolution) . dialectical materialism Marxism and its social. Prentice Hall 19. Oswald Spingler.the science of ‘knowledge’ .Anaxagoras. Theory of Knowledge.East and West . Neo-Marxism and post-colonial theories .. References 1.theories of human betterment theories of social analysis (French Revolution. Silmon 3.other centres of learning in the ancient world China. Living With A Purpose 13. Towards A New World 15. Decline of the West 8.08... Dr Radhakrishnan S.current trends and issues .language. History of Western Philosophy. The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire 7. Sutras.definition and implications in the various sciences post-structuralism.determinism. Philosophy of Mind. Science & Scientific Method. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.the great inventors and discoveries and their relation to human thought (Darwin’s theory and growth of imperialism) . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 74 .Renaissance Thinkers Leornardo. Religion and Culture 12. True Knowledge 14. Our Heritage 11. (Excerpts) Oriental Heritage 5.Ancient Indian texts .4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 GLIMPSES OF WORLD THOUGHT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Philosophy of Language. Chisholm.Greek and Roman schools of thought Medieval ages &Renaissance . Will Durrant.The Dark Ages . Egypt. Dr Radhakrishnan S. The Creative Life 9. Shaffer.. The Present Crisis of Faith 10. Copernicus and Kepler . Koide & Sawant.Vedas.Ancient Period .cognitive science .the flowering of academic disciplines .art and literary movements (school of paintings and other forms of reputation) . cultural and economic dimensions .the earliest thinkers . The Story of Civilisation. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Will Durrant. Edward Gibbon.

2. RESPONSIBLITIES AND RIGHTS: Safety and risk – Assessment of safety and risk – Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies. Human Values and Professional Ethics. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Chand &Co.506. IEEE – Institution of engineers (India) – Indian Institute of Materials Management – Institution electronics and telecommunication engineering (IETE) India etc. References: 1. Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of Professionals Roles – Theories about right action – Self interest – Custom and religion – Uses of ethical theories. Jayashree Suresh. New Delhi. and B. ENGINEERING ETHICS: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”– Variety of moral issues. Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Intel lectual property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 3.Engineering as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The challenger case study. Ethics in Engineering. SAFETY. Mike W Martin and Schinzinger. Module II ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION: Engineering as experimentation . ASCE.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 75 .S. International Encyclopedia on Ethics.08. New Delhi. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. S. John Ruth K. Module III GLOBAL ISSUES: Multinational corporation – Environmental ethics – Computer ethics Weapons development – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers and engineers as expert witness and advisor – Moral leadership – sample code of ethics like ASME. Tata Mcgraw Hill. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Raghavan.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES Credits : 4 Module I HUMAN VALUES: Morals. S. Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service – Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self Confidence – Character – Spirituality. Chand & Co.

Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M. In Part A. Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles.Effects. Energy – Different types of energy. Module II Natural Resources. Shelter. Forest Wealth. Mineral Resources.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Credits: 4 Module I Definition. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population Growth. Land pollution. 5. Mining and Transportation activities. Anji Reddy – BS Publication. Environmental Studies – Dr. Housing. Human activities – Food.2005.Role of Government. Material cycles. Public Health aspects. Eco system – Balanced ecosystem. Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P. Electro-magnetic radiation. Solid waste management. Legal aspects. Manjunath. Fossil Fuel based. Water pollution. Urbanization. Initiatives by Non-governmental Organizations (NGO). Environmental Education. Pearson Education-2006. Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture. Solar. Biomass and Bio-gas. Nuclear. 6. Prentice Hall of India.Availability and Quality aspects. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.506. Scope & Importance. Air Pollution. Water induced diseases. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005 2. Need For Public Awareness. Climate Change and Global warming. Water borne diseases. 4. Women Education. Environmental Protection.08. D. Industry. Prentice Hall India. Conventional and Non-Conventional sources – Hydro Electric. Ozone Layer depletion. Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi. Module III Environmental Pollution and their effects. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment.Water Resources. 3. Economic and social Security. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy. 3 REFERENCES: 1.Environment definition. Animal Husbandry. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.L. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Environmental studies – R. Venugoplan Rao. Automobile pollution. In Part B. Fluoride problem in drinking water. Sustainable Development.Carbon. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication . Noise pollution. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 76 . Acid Rain.

Metal Adhesive. Transferred arc and Non-Transferred arc Techniques. Advantages and Limitations.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Radiant energy welding: Electron Beam Welding. “Metals Joining Manual”..ASHE Vol . Applications and Limitations. Operating Characteristics. McGraw-Hill Inc. 6. Weld Quality and Process Control. Schwartz M. Economics. Amar R. Joint Design Advantages. Equipment and Tooling. Teo goisky. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Materials and Applications. 6. 4. Khanna Publishers. 7. 5. Rossi. Guns. mechanisms and Key Variables.. 2. Joining of Dissimilar Materials. Vacuum brazing: Vacuum Brazing. 1998. Equipment and Safety. Equipment and Tooling. Intermediate Materials. Process Variants. “Welding Processes and Technology”.theory and Key Variables. I . Advantages and Limitations. Weld Environment. Laser Beam Welding. Limitations and Applications.theory and Key Parameters. Welding Engineering. Weld Quality. Welding in Different Degrees of Vacuum. Welding Engineers Hand Book. Disadvantages.theory. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 77 . Explosive Welding. Module III Friction and diffusion welding: Friction Welding. Joint Design. Mechanism of Bonding. Weld Penetration and Shape. REFERENCES: 1.Basic Principles. Parameters.ASM.theory and Principle of Process.. Ohio. Equipment. Applications.506. Physical Characteristics. Economics Materials and Applications. 3. Diffusion Welding. ASM Metals Hand Book “Welding and Brazing”..II . Limitations.Background of the Process. Design. Economics of Process. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Characteristics of Process. Equipment and Tooling. Influence of Process Parameters. Applications. Process Parameters. III and IV. Advantages. 1988. Materials and Applications. Udin et al. Metallurgy of Welding. Materials and Applications. Deformation Welding. Fixturing and Joint Design Shielding. Vol. The electric welder. Joint Design. Plasma arc welding: Plasma Arc Welding. Delhi. Equipment and Tooling. Stop-Off and Parting Agents.M. Advantages.S. Different Stages of Friction Welding. Adhesive Bonding. Materials and Applications. Economics. Key Variables. Joint Design. 1979.theory and Principles. Module II Needle Arc Micro Plasma Welding .08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

core reinforcing – core venting etc.8 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Casting as process of manufacture – Its advantages and limitations Pattern making – Pattern materials – Factor effecting the choice of pattern materials – Pattern allowances – Types of pattern – Line diagram description and use of different types of patterns. synthetic sand . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 5. plaster mould casting – Investment casting . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 78 .Bhanga. Camphell. Loan moulds . steels and non ferrous metals – Composition . cement bonded moulds – bench moulding .506. dry hand moulds .CO2 process –Graphite and ceramic moulds – Centrifugal casting – Continuous castings . T. Foundry practice.Special additives – Reliability of moulding sands Maintenance of sand properties for regular use – Sand conditioning . Russicof. Module III Melting and pouring : Types of furnaces used for cast irons . Gating and Risering – Solidification of pure metals and alloys in moulds – Factors affecting the nature and type of solidification – Gate and gating system – Types of gates – Deign of gating systems – Risering – Needs for risering – Requirements of a riser . knockout and fottling . sand mixing – General properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand – Ingredients for moulding sand . size and charge calculations – Details and calculations in Cupola charging – New developments in cupola design. insulators and exothermic compounds .08. Mechanisation in foundry – Elementary ideas of machines used for sand conditioning. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Hine and Resenthal. 3. Special moulding and Casting processes – Shell moulding . Principles of Metal Casting. Modern foundry practice. plaster moulds . 4. Module II Moulding sands : Natural sand .colour codes of pattern . References 1. 2. Cores and core making – Purpose of cores – core prints – Types of cores – Core sand and ingredients – Requirements of core sands – Core sand mixtures – Binding materials – Core boxes – Types of core boxes – Process of core making – Core baking . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Foundry Engineering. Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes. core creating . floor moulding and pit moulding .R. Moulding process – Hand moulding tools and their uses – Different types of moulding boxes – Green sand moulds . sand supply . moulding . Theoretical considerations – Riser shape and directional solidification – General considerations for risering – Bling riser – Use of chills . Howard. core making . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

Engineering ". 7. H. New York.G.Stern.Wonter. Mc Graw Hill. “Fundamental of Air Pollution ". Definition. New York. Donald R.Solid waste management .J. " Environmental 2.Sources and control methods Emission from SI and CI engines . 5.P. New Delhi. Module II Water pollution from tanneries and other industries . New York.effect of air pollution on men and environment .C. Tchobanoglous. Swart R. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). collection. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.W.Evaporative emission control -Exhaust treatment devices . Academic Press. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 79 .Definition.Theisan and R.Role of environmental engineer. S. (1979).Warner. (1977). Metcalf and Eddy Inc.Environmental quality . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.A. Boubce and W. Kenneth and Cecil F. (1985).Elaisen. " Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Disposal Second Edition ". Mc Graw Hill.Control systems and instrumentation for pollution control. Characteristics and prospective .generation. storage and processing techniques Solid waste disposal. " Climate and Energy ". Module III Methods and equipment' s for industrial waste treatment .Noise pollution and their control. characteristics . " Air Pollution: its Origin and Control ".Pollution thermal power plants and nuclear power plants . " Solid Water: Engineering Principles and Management Issues ". and Zwerves. 4.Impact of environment .08. 3.Rowe. (1973).9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL Credits : 4 Module I Environmental aspects . Dun Dunnellers.C. (1976).Engineered systems for waste water treatment and disposal . Howard S. Mc Graw Hill.Lowry. Wark.Formation of air pollutants from combustion of fossil fuels and parameters controlling the formation. R.506. References: 1. Mc Graw Hill. Air quantity . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Types of our air pollutants . Peavy. H.Types and sources of solid waste . 6. A. (1989). Ikken P. New Delhi. and George Tchobanoglous.

Module-II Derivation of Hagen Poissule equations for velocity and discharge through a pipe. acceleration. rotation. Stokes hypothesis. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Elements of fluid mechanics. force and moment calculations (derivation of expression not required). stream function-vorticity formulation. Reynolds transport theorem. Blasius solution for flow over a flat plate. concept of eddy viscosity. Velocity. vortex shedding. 3. complex flow potential. flow over a vertical flat plate. zero and positive pressure gradients. potential flow in a sector. favorable and adverse pressure gradients. Viscometer based on rotating annulus. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. introduction to turbulent flow. Boundary layer theory. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).506. flow in a rotating annulus. Navier-Stokes equation for incompressible flow. vorticity.conformal mapping. flow separation. Fluid mechanics 4. Couette flow for negative. Prandtl boundary layer equations. short notes of velocity measurement technique using (a) multi hole probes (b) Hot wire anemometers (c) LDV (d) PIV References: 1. Schlichting. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 80 . G Biswas. vortex and doublet. stress. complex flow potentials for source.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Description of fluid motion – Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches.Streetor. Module-III Boundary layer theory. theory of complex variables. Schawartz-Christoffel transformations. gradient of velocity. V. convective acceleration. derivation of friction factor for laminar flow. Stream function. Newton' s law of viscosity. equation of potential flow. H.flow over an ellipse. Potential flow. Vuan. temporal acceleration. mean and fluctuating components.Momentum intergral equations. Gersen . potential flow between two parallel plates. rate of strain. Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2.08. K Muralidhar .L. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. K. sink.Pohlhausen approximation solution of boundary layer for non zero pressure gradient flow.Boundary layer thickness. Potential flow past a cylinder. derivation of continuity and momentum equations using Reynolds transport theorem. Displacement thickness and momentum thickness.

P. New York-1 6.Characteristics.Rawlings. aramid) and natural fibres. Chawla KK. cement and gypsum as matrices. Manufacturing methods for thermo set thermoplastic and elastomeric PMC. Tasi. S. Agarwal and L.Thermo set. 5. M.High strength man made (glass. Reinhold Co. " Stress Analysis of Fiber .. B. 7. by Stuart. Post processing operations:.J. 4. Ed.M.static mechanical properties . Their characteristic features. Schwartz M. Ultra structure processing of ceramics. Inc. properties and applications of CMC using fine ceramics. Introduction to Composite Materials. polishing. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Metal Matrix Composites (MMC): Metals. London. Technomic Publishing Company. New York. functional sensory and smart composites. Applications. characteristics.Classification of ceramics and their potential role as matrices. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Failure predictions . 2. Module III Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):. Quality.Mallicak. glass. McGraw HiIl. Advanced post processing methods like ultrasonic welding.Matthews & R. Whiskers:. " Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites ". " Principles of Composite Material Mechanics ".impact properties .. 10.L. "Hand Book of Composites". Advantages and limitations. properties and applications Polymer matrix composites (PMC):. Module II Fiber reinforced plastics: Reinforcement fibres:. characteristics and utilisation as matrices. plasma coating. Properties and applications. Classifications based on structure and matrices. " Fiber-reinforced composites ". design examples. Micael hyer. 3. bonding. Introduction to micro-mechanics-unidirectional lamina – laminar stresses– inter laminar stresses .fracture mechanics and toughening mechanisms. thermoplastic and e1astomeric polymers. Lee. 9. " Composite Materials. carbon. inspection and non-destructive testing. Manufacture of MMC. Ceramic Matrix Composites Chapman & Hall 8.K..W.Reinforced Composite Materials ". waterjet cutting and laser machining. John Wiley and Sons. International. riveting and painting. Composite Material handbook. failure modes. VCH. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Structure.environmental effects . 1980.D. cutting. References 1.fatigue properties . "Encyclopaedia of Composites (6 volumes)". Monal Deklar Inc. Engineering and Sciences ". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 81 . characteristics. History. Properties of composites made and their applications.D.Broutman. New York.. Inter-metallics and alloys used for MMC and their properties. carbon. welding of thermoplastic PMC. Industrial scene. their properties. 1994. considerations . Van _Nostrand.08. their properties-characteristics and applications. 1988. damage prediction.11 COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Composite Materials:. Structural. George Lubin.506. Ronald Gibson. Manufacture.Definition. 1998. 1982. 1994. Chapman & hall. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Tata McGraw Hill.Machining.

Multimedia – Introduction – Tools – multimedia authoring Tools – Presentation device – Multimedia on the web. MODULE II Software – User Interface and Operating systems – Types . Ltd. Advertising . Utilities – Document – centric computing .506. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. The Computer Systems – Types. CPU – Memory – Input and Output devices – Inputing text and Graphics – Printing Devices – The foundation of Modern outputs – Printers – Secondary storage devices and media. Tata Mc. IRWIN Mc. Graw Hill Pub.Graw Hill Pub. Spread sheet applications – Data base applications – Queries – Internet connectivity.12 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Information Technology – Introduction – applications – The Internet and World wide web – the GPS. Dennis P. REFERENCES 1. File management .This course is intended to provide an overview of fundamentals and concepts of IT useful to an undergraduate student in Mechanical Engineering only. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 82 .08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE III The Electronic web – Network applications – Fax . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Word Processing & Desktop publishing – Entering and Editing documents – Other word processing features – Formatting documents – desktop Publishing for print and for the screen . and sales – Design . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Marketing . Curtin et al. Using Information Technology. 2. William Sawyor & Hutchingson.Co. IT in Business – Information processing – Transaction Processing – Computers for Management control . Programs – Programming languages – Programming methods – Programming Techniques – System analysis and design . Production and Manufacturing – Business on the Internet – Health Issues Associated with the use of computers – Computer viruses – Intellectual property rights – Computer crime – Cryptography – Issues caused by computers – Recent developments in IT. Note :. Information Technology : The Breaking wave.voice and Information services – Person to Person and group communication – Exchanging files – Foundations of modern networks – Local area networks – Wide area networks – Links between networks – Device and Media Protocols –Dial up Access – High bandwidth personal connections.

Metals Handbook Vol. 4.bridge tests Absolute singlecoil system: applications. Ionising radiation . gama-rays sources Recording of radiation: Radiographic sensitivity: Fluoroscopic methods: special techniques: Radiation safety. In Part B. Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal inspection. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Non-Destructive Testing by Baldev Raj et.13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Visual methods: Optical aids. Penetrant flaw detection: Principles: Process: Penetrant systems: Liquid penetrant materials: Emulsifiers: cleaners developers: sensitivity: Advantages: Limitations: Applications. disadvantages. In-situ metallography. Non-Destructive Testing by Warren J.Mcgomnagle. Halmshaw 2. Measurement of metal properties. Module II Radiographic methods and Limitations: Principles of radiography: sources of radiation. REFERENCES: 1. Optical holographic methods.506. applications.. Limitations. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).II. field sensitive probes: applications. Narosa Publishing House. McGrawhill. Non-Destructive Testing by P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).X-rays sources.08. general characteristics of ultrasonic waves: methods and instruments for ultrasonic materials testing: special techniques. Applications. Module III Magnetic methods: Advantages. Ultrasonic testing of materials: Advantages. L-T-D: 3-1-0 83 . 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Generation of Ultrasonic waves. Dynamic inspection. Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetography. In Part A. al. Nondestructive inspection and quality control 3. Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods. Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods. Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator . 2 questions of 20 marks each.

thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. REFERENCES: 1. magnets. Upadhayay 6. Powder Metallurgy-ASM Vol. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pore emigration. II. Presses used for transmission. Powder forging. Sintering atmospheres. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). 84 . Types of sintering furnaces. Cemented carbides. Powder Metallurgy-Sands and Shakespeare. 2. Purity of metal powders. Isostatic pressing. properties and testing. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Module III Theories of sintering: Sintering mechanism.g. Powder Metallurgy-Dixtor R.08. Powder Metallurgy-Gopal S. Module II Powder compaction: Mechanical. and Clayton. Friction materials and Composites.H. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. 3. Powder characterization: problem of size determination. sintering temperature and time on sintered properties.Gopal S. E. Powder rolling. Recrystallization. Effect of compacting pressure.14 POWDER METALLURGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Manufacture of metal powders : Conventional methods and modern methods of metal powder manufacture. Roll of diffusion.506. Advantages and limitations of these methods. Die design and tooling for consolidation of powders. Liquid phase sintering and related processes. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Powder Metallurgy-Thumler 4. Pore-growth and coalescence. Electrical contact materials. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components : Porous bearing. Metallic filters. In Part A. Cemented Tungsten carbide Production. New methods of consolidation. In Part B.Upadhayay. Method of size analysis and surface area assessment. 5. Apparent density and flowability measurement. Blending techniques.

time table layout. internal organization.Overtime . stopping places. turning points.08. estimated traffic possibility.Data processing systems .Licensing of drivers . John Dolu. 3-1-0 1. preparation of vehicle and crew schedules. 5. " Bus operation ". zone systems.Capital expenditures .Classification of vehicle expenses Module III Fleet Management. 4. types of permits.. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. procedure for obtaining driving license.Breakdown analysis . 2 questions of 20 marks each. administration. Faulks -Road and Coach Operation 2. duty roaster.Lists for driver and mechanic .types of driving licenses. use of vehicle running numbers.Software Model . "The Motor vehicle Act ".D. third party insurance.Driver checklist .L. 3. determination of vehicle efficiency. llliffe and Sons Ltd. duty arrangements. Vehicle maintenance.Planning and scope . procedure for obtaining permits.. Kitchin. management. Basis of fares. Management Training and Operations. traffic and administration). recruitment and training. W.Preparation of fare table. registration of vehicle. In Part B.Energy management. use of flat graph method.Control of permits Limits of speed .. 1984. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. health and safety. direction of traffic flow. Kadiyali.Bin tag systems – Time management Time record keeping . " Traffic engineering and Transport Planning ". calculating average charge. straight and tapered scales fare structure . 1989.506. Rev.Methods of fare collection . checking efficiency of crew. In Part A. III Edition.15 VEHICLE TRANSPORT & FLEET MANAGEMENT Credits 4 Module I Organization and management. 85 .Forms of ownership. London. Organising Time and people. Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act.Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling .Trip leasing Module II Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic. 1992.L. Goverment Publication.Parts control .. principle of transport.Basic principles of supervising. Job instruction training .R. welfare.Balancing inventory cost against downtime . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). effect of competition and control.Constructional regulations .traffic signs . duty of drivers and conductors.Driver and mechanic hiring . supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled maintenace . "Fleet management ". factors affecting frequency.Budget activity .Computer controlling of fleet activity . References: L-T-D. Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data processing . McGraw-Hill Co. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). town planning.Control of repair backlogs .Cost of options. centralized & decentralized condition (Engineering. Cost of inventory . survey of rout. Schedules and sections Registration of motor vehicles .Training devices and techniques .

Heating System: Automotive heaters . C.Ambient conditions affecting system pressures. " Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ". " Automotive Air Conditioning ". William H Crouse and Donald L Anglin.Controlling evaporator temperature . Psychrometry and air composition Adiabatic saturation and Thermodynamic wet bulb temperature Basic air conditioning system .Schematic layout of a refrigeration system. 1990.L. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MacDonald.Diagnostic procedure . 2. Inc. 3. Theodore Audel series.Automatic temperature control .Evaporator care air flow through the Dash recirculating unit .Automotive Air Conditioning 6. K.Servicing heater system Removing and replacing components.08.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 7. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Airconditioning Fundamentals: Definition of Air Conditioning.Ford automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems .Heater system . Paul Weiser. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). 1989. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 86 . Reston Publishing Co Inc. " Automotive Air conditioning ".Location of air conditioning components in a car . Leslie.Refrigeration system diagnosis . F. In Part A.Vacuum reserve . Dwiggins . Thermostatic expansion value . Gamines &Boyce L.PArora .Manually controlled air conditioner .Tapping into the refrigerant container .Evaporator pressure regulator . McGrawHill Inc.16 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING L-T-D.Condenser and high pressure service ports..Air conditioning protection – Engine protection. Air Conditioning Service: Air conditioner maintenance and service . 5. Mitchell information Services. 1978. Prentice Hall Ind. 1990.. MODULE III Air Routing & Temperature Control: Objectives . In Part B... Damkundwar . MODULE II Air Conditioner .Evaporator temperature regulator. Refrigerant: Containers . Trouble shooting of air controlling system – Compressor service. References: 1.Testing the air control and handling systems.506. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Compressor components .Expansion value calibration .Handling refrigerants .Automatic temperature control – Duct system .Controlling flow .Refrigeration and Air Conditioning - University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. " Automotive Air Conditioning ". 4.

E. 20 volumes ". Power plants: Two stroke and four stroke. shaft drive and variable drive mechanisms and their constructional aspects. Temple Press Book. Three wheelers – different types. 5. body manufacturer and paints & Painting methods Brakes.17 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES L-T-D. different types of synchronizers.. 4. " Encyclopedia of Motor cycling. Marshall Cavensih. mopeds and three wheeled vehicles. Types of scavenging processes. Disc wheel. bearing system. different arrangement of cylinders. Disc types. constructional aspects.Different types .08. " Vespa Maintenance and Repair series ". reed valves. Service Manuals of popular Indian two and three wheeled vehicles University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. arrangements. necessities. Case study of two and three wheelers: Salient features of modern two wheelers. " Motor cycle Engineering ". accessories horn. 1992. high tension and low tension magneto ignition.. 1987. mufflers & silencers. " The Cycle Motor Manual ". classification. Rotary valve engine lubrication and fuel supply systems in two wheelers. centrifugal clutch. Catalytic converters. layouts.R. electronic ignition systems like CDI. London. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. multiple disc clutch. Disc brakes. Raymond Broad. carburetion system and operation. 6. MODULE-III Body: Constructional details of frames and front fork suspension systems. valves and valve actuating mechanisms. gear drive. cast wheel. London. Scavenging pump. shock absorber systems. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). transmission References: 1. constructional features and types of oil seals. comparison with battery ignition system. scavenging efficiency. Electrical systems: Magneto ignition system. Spoked wheel. Irving. microprocessor controlled ignition system etc. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Front and rear brake links layouts. Temple PressLtd. Lambretta . In Part A.. Bryaut. MODULE-II Power transmission: Clutches." A practical guide to maintenance and repair ".V. 1989. merits and demerits. scooters. valve timing.506. 2. Tyres and tubes . 87 . selective and progressive gear boxes. 2 questions of 20 marks each. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I General Introduction: Motor cycles. New York and London. 1990. engine ports. starting motor. Wheels and tyres: Drum brakes.. 3. lighting system. In Part B.P.

Theory of Elasticity.M. Differential equations of equilibrium in rectangular co-ordinates. Reciprocal relations. Principal stress and Principal planes. Solid Mechanics. Torsion of rolled sections. L. shear centre. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 88 .M.H. Rectangular stress components.ELECTIVE II 08. Module II Energy methods. Analysis of strain. Castigliano’s II theorem. State of stress at a point. T. Straight beams and asymmetrical bending.H 2.M. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Membrane analogy. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. elliptic and equilateral triangular bars. Engessers theorem. Torsion of thin. Plane stress and plane strain. stress components on an arbitrary plane. State of pure shear. Fictitious load method. shear stresses in thin walled open sections. 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Torsion of bars with narrow rectangular cross-section. Center of twist and flexural centre.S Srinath. Castigliano’s I theorem.606. Torsion of thin. Planes of maximum shear. Mc Graw Hill. References: 1.walled multiple cell closed sections. Stress-Strain relations. Theorem of virtual work. Analysis of stress in two dimensions. Compatibility conditions. Transformation of stresses. Bending of beams. strain-displacement relations–Principal strains and principal axes. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Torsion of circular. Advanced Mechanics of Solids.A Kazimi . Timoshenko and Goodier. Bending of curved bars (Winkler– Bach formula) Module III Torsion -Torsion of General prismatic bars. Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Credits : 4 Module I Analysis of stress.walled tubes.T. S.

A.Principle of biogas productionBiogas plants.Thermoelectric effects.606. 4. Rai.socio. “Non. Duff ice & Beckman.Solar – wind hybrid.Practical fuel cells – The Redox cell. Geothermal Energy. Coobme – “An Introduction to Direct Energy Conversion”.Solar collectors and Concentrations.Principle of OTEC systems.economic relevance. Hydrogen. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Rao & Parulekar – “ Energy Technology”. D.Selection of fuel and operating conditions. References : 1. 2. Sheldon S.Biogas energy. Khanna Publishers.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Basic principles of thermoelectric and thermionic generations. Ocean PowerResources. Storage and Transportation – production and application of methanol. Module III Wind Energy. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 89 .Design and selection of materials.Thermodynamics of fuel cells. Principle of MHD Generators – Choice of generator parameters – Applications.Energy resources – Geothermal electrical power plants – Non-electric applications. ‘Solar Energy Thermal Processes”. Module II Nuclear fusion. John wiley & Sons.Wind turbine. Prentice Hall Inc.Wind forms. L.Introduction and Applications. Solar energy – Terms and definitions. New York.08.Conventional Energy Sources” 5. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Ocean wave energy conversion systems.Sustained fusion reactionProduction and containment of plasma – Fusion – breeder concept.Solar thermal devices – Solar power generationThermal storage. Fuel cells.performance analysis of flat plate collectors.Applications.Tidal power.Fusion fuels and reactions. 3. R.Fundamentals and Applications.generator systems.Design and construction.Merits and demerits. Photoelectric conversion – Conceptual Description of photovoltaic effect – Solar cell – Materials and prospects .Production. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Isaac Pitman & Son Ltd. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. G. Chang – “Energy Conversion”.

SAMS Teachmedia 3.JSDK JAR files . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.client and server Programs .printing .writing console applications .using JDBC integrating database . Jamie Jaworski. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Addison Wesley 2. Java 2.creating animations Java beans development kit .working with 2D and 3D Graphics .creating window applications . Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Java virtual machine . “The Java Tutorial Continued: The Rest of the JDK”. “Java 2 Platform Unleashed: The Comprehensive Solution”.using the clipboard input/output streams .developing beans . Swings.Java applet writing basics .working with swing components .Java platform API . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 90 . Naughton Patrick & Herbert Schildt.object serialization and Java spaces .606.notable beans .exceptions and abstract classes .3 OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I OOPS and Java basics .GUI building with canvas .applet classes . “ The Java Tutorial: Object-Oriented Programming for the Internet”.working with remote objects .08. connecting to database .naming and directory services working with Java management APIS Module III Distributed application architecture into web applications . Campione M. Campione. Holzner S. “Java 2: The Complete Reference”. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Walrath & Huml Tutorial team.Java IDL and ORBs.using audio and video . & Walrath K. IDG Books 4.applet security .Java servlets .RMI and distributed applications .CORBA . JDBC & Java Beans Programming. Servlets. Addison Wesley 5.Java native interface References: programming .utility and math packages Module II Swing programming .extended security model .

2. Radiation safety : Reactor shielding – Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protection – Nuclear waste disposal. Nuclear fuels : Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradiated fuel – Separation process fuel enrichment . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Nuclear reactor principles – Reactor classification – Critical size – Basic diffusion theory . coolant – Structural materials – Cladding –Radiation damage. Materials of reactor construction – Fuel . S Glasstono.606.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Review of Elementary nuclear physics: Atomic structure – nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission. Classtone & Sesonske. Nuclear reactions and radiations – Principles of radio active decay interactions of an ray with matter – Neutron cross sections and reactions – The fission process – Chain reactions – Basic principles of controlled fusion . Module III Reactor heat removal / equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removed in fast reactors .Van Nostrand Co University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Slowing down of neutrons – Neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control .08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Module II Boiling water reactor . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 91 . Nuclear reactor Engineering –D Van Nostrand Co. D. Description of reactor system – Main components – Control and safety features . moderator . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Source book on atomic energy –. References 1.

Metal Working Technology. Need for preheating. Manufacturing properties of Materials. Elastic and plastic behaviour – Yielding and yield stress – Conventional stress – Strain curve and true stress-strain curve – Ductile and brittle behaviour – The flow curve.Need for heat treatments after mechanical working – Heat treatment methods – Furnaces for pre heating and heat treatment MODULE II Materials for mechanical working . Fundamentals of tool design. types and sizes – Basic principles of draughting schedule design and roll pass design (simple examples ) Roll load and power required in rolling – Problems encountered and defects in rolling practice. 6.606. Cambell.A brief survey of the characteristics and composition of the common ferrous and non ferrous alloys and non metallic materials used for mechanical working . Richard Little. blanking drawing and bending – Compound and progressive dies – Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements for blanking . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and processing. ASTME.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL WORKING METHODS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction : Elements of mechanical processing systems – Definition of mechanical working – Hot and cold working – Comparison with other processing systems . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 92 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Tool Design.piercing and drawing operations – Process selection and selection of process problems and defects in press working .Rolling Metals – Fundamental principles of metal rolling classification of rolled products. Press working of metals – Description and classification of the processes – Product and die design for shearing . Extrusion and Wire drawing – Principles of product design and die design in forging – Calculation of forging loads and selection of hammers and process for forging – Design of extrusion and wire – drawing dies – Computation of power requirements problems encountered and defects in the above processes . 2. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Alexander Brower. References: 1.– Deformation temperature – Rate of deformation – Friction and Lubrication. 4. Energy and power requirements in plastic deformation – Factors affecting plastic deformation. C B Cole . The Design Handbook. ASTME. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE III Forging .08. 3. 5.

reasoning with uncertain or incomplete information statistical approach .structured representation Module III Languages and programming techniques for AI . Artificial Intelligence.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Definition .expert system shell in LISP .production systems . Tata McGraw Hill 4. Addison Wesley system technology . Winston P. Nilsson N.08.history and applications .A. Addison Wesley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Computer Science Press 5.introduction to automated reasoning .F. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 93 .L. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.overview of LISP .control and implementation of state space search .logic programming in LISP streams and delayed evaluation .conceptual graphs . higher order functions and procedural abstractions . LISP. Tanimotto S.recursion . Artificial Intelligence representations and inheritance . Elain Rich & Kevin Knight.heuristics in games .case based reasoning .A New Synthesis.languages .non-monotonic systems . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks representation . 3.606.knowledge representation . Luger G.planning the blackboard architecture Module II Knowledge intensive problem solving ..fuzzy sets .interpreters .J.structures and strategies for state space search heuristic search algorithms .model based reasoning ..rule-based expert systems ..predicate calculus .introduction to machine learning References: 1. Harcourt Asia Pte. Artificial Intelligence. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). & Stubblefield W.issues .complexity issues .inference rules ..propositional calculus . The Elements of Artificial Intelligence.CLOS Introduction to understanding natural language .knowledge representation problem .search strategies pattern matching .

..system analysis .salient features of simulators such as WITNESS and ARENA References: collection .W. Deo N.tests for random numbers .simulation of simple job shop manufacturing systems .components of a system . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2. & Standridge C..face validity .A. uniform and empirical discrete and empirical continuous distributions Input modelling for simulation .event scheduling/time advance algorithm .Chi-square goodness of fit test Verification and validation of simulation models .techniques for generating random numbers ..types of simulations with respect to output analysis.P. John Wiley 3.output analysis for steady-state simulations ..parameter estimation .Introduction to simulation software for manufacturing applications . Modelling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems.salient features of simulation languages such as general purpose simulation system (GPSS) and simulation language for alternative modelling (SLAM) . System Simulation with Digital Computer. & Kelton W. & Sadowski D.G.calibration and validation of models .S.output analysis for a single model . System Simulation.the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and the Chisquare test .confidence interval estimation for a fixed number of replication confidence intervals with specified precision .frequency tests . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. McGraw Hill International Editions 6.system simulation .system design and system postulation system modelling .output analysis for terminating simulations .7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION Credits : 4 Module I System concepts . Discrete-Event System Simulation. Carson J.modelling world views Module II Random number generation .examples of simulation of single server. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 5.steps in a simulation study comparison of simulation and analytical models .R. Simulation Modelling and Analysis. Askin R.types of models .sample size determination for a specified precision . single queue systems and simple inventory systems concepts in discrete event system simulation .issues in simulation of manufacturing systems ..inverse transformation method exponential. & Nelson B. Banks J.L.606.identifying the distribution using histograms .replication method .08. Law A. Sadowski R. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.random variate generation .validation of model assumptions and validating input-output transformations . Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited 4. Simulation with ARENA. WCB/McGraw Hill International Editions University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.initialization bias .verification of simulation models .Monte Carlo simulation . Kelton W.batch means method.discrete and continuous systems types of system study . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 94 .. Simulation modelling and analysis of manufacturing systems .D. Gordon G. Module III Measures of performance and their estimation .D..objectives performance measures . Third Edition.

606. Terminology.Nyquist criterion.Identification of plat Characteristics. Measurement of Temperature. D.Classification of control system.First order proportional and second order proportional elements.Block diagram.Force balance principles.Ring balance – Impulse line layout.squire root extraction. Error distribution. REFERENCES: 1.Sensing element: Types. A. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Measurement systemsFunctions of Instrument.08. Pribanco.Flow transducers. Industrial Instrumentation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Measurements of liquid level. Considine. E. Frequency and pulse generating transducersSpecification for transducers. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements.Rotameter.I Measurement: Aims.Boiler drum. MODULE – II Measurement of pressure. M. O Doeblin. R. 3.Dynamic response – Analogues circuits stability of control systemsRouth – Hurvitz criterion.Primary elements – Secondary elements. Time element. ** Electrical transformation. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Sensors for motion.Electrical type and mechanical typeMeasuring system for resistance thermometers and Thermocouples. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Area flow meters. Force.Temperature scales. Measurement of flow.Fundamental methods.8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL Credits : 4 MODULE.Direct methodsInferential methods. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 95 .K. Application and Design.Bridge circuits.Deformation of elastic members. Process Instrument and Control Hand Book. Errors in measuring Instruments. Simple transducer elementsTypes of transducers. 2. 4. Set point. Jain.Filled system thermometers. Basic fixed pointMeasuring devices and their ranges. E.Head flow meters.Static and dynamic Measurements. Variable parameter Analog type.Angular motion. Measurements System.Calibration.Ambient temperature compensation. Sources of error.Voltage and current generating Analog type.Fleat monometers. Speed.Level indicator.Calibration Low pressure measuring devices. MODULE – III Control system.Rule of Block diagram algebraTransfer functions.

Metal belt conveyors – Apron conveyors – Elevators . 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. REFERENCES 1. Dyachkov . MODULE III Conveying Machines . A. travelling mechanisms .Oscillating conveyors – Roller conveyors – Hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors – Chutes – bins.Overhead Conveyors – Principal types and applications – Overhead pusher conveyor – Overhead load towing truck conveyors – Load carrying car conveyors – Load towing and walking beam conveyors – Bucket elevators – Cradle conveyors – Screw conveyors . band brakes .Belt conveyers – Types .Material Handling Equipment. Rudanko.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MATERIALS HANDLING Credits : 4 MODULE I Importance of Materials Handling. thrust brakes – Safety and hand cranks .Principle operation of EOT . 3. Spivakvsky and V. Lifting equipments – hoist –Components of hoist – Load handling attachments – hooks . Alexandr V .08. Conveying Machines I. Material Handling Equipments. shears and sprockets . Passenger conveyors – Flight conveyors . Gantry and jib cranes – Hoisting Mechanisms .Principles of Materials Handling – Principal groups of Materials handling equipments – General characteristics and applications of materials handling equipments – Modern trends in Materials handling . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). grabs and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk materials – Wire ropes – and chains – MODULE II Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed – Tension in drop parts – Drums .Arresting gear and brakes – block brakes . Principal types and applications – Bucket flight conveyors – Cradle conveyors – Conveyor elevators . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 96 . principal components of a conveyor and their purpose – Conveyor belts – tractive elements – take up devices – Special types of belt conveyors . luffing mechanisms – slewing mechanisms – Elevators and lifts .606.

Geleman and M.Farm tractors.. Maskovin. MIR. life testing – Tractor draw bar performance curves – Characterises curves for pumps – Maintenance Engineering – Servicing – check up – sparo parts – stand by sparo parts requirements – Service workshop – Organisation and management – Labour and Machinery required References: 1. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1975 5. A. 1975 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 97 .606. Publishers.P.Rodicheva. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. and V.Spray pumps – Nozzles – Vibrated broom distribution – Spray materials – Types of field crop sprayers – Aircraft spraying – Dusting machines . 2. Moscow.10 AGRO MACHINERY Credits : 4 MODULE I Tractors – Design and Operating principles of Engine transmission and control systems – Working details of different types of attachment in the tractor –Tillage – Soil structure – Moisture – Temperature and aeration – Destruction of weeds and posts – Types of tractor plough – Life Mechanisms. 1972.Farm machinery and equipment.Demidov "Design of Automotive engines for tractor ". Pumps and Spraying machinery – Types of pumps and their selection – Installation and working details – Regulating arrangements spraying machinery .Tractors. "Tractor and Automobiles ". Smith .Silage and silage machinery – Winnowers Combined clearing and grading machinery.A. Guruvech and B. MODULE III Machinery for milk production – Essentials of milking machines – Types of milking plane – Bucket . Lambert Henry. MODULE II Earth moving equipments – Drainage Excavators – Ditching equipments – trench cutting machines – Bull dozers – Angle dozers – Earth scooper – graders – tractor winches – Road sweepers – Slurry scrappers . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MI1R Publishers Moscow. L-T-D: 3-1-0 3.08.Moving the earth. 1977 6. MIR Publishers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. TATA McGraw Hill Publications. MIR Publishers. Harris Pearson & Wilkes.Working details of machinery like : Cultivators – harro weeding equipments – land levellers – seed drills – grass seed drills – Ridgers – Gapping or thinning machines – Manure distributors – Speeders – Lawn movers – Rotary grass cutters – Hay leaders .Testing of Machinery – H. Rodichev and G. Kolchin. Herbert Nicholos. Sorekin. 1987. Developed – other performance tests and testing equipments – wear testing . direct to churn milking parlours – Bulk handing milking bails – Milk cooling and serialisation – Cream separators .

(5th Edition).Total quality model – internal and external customer -TQM axioms Quality management philosophies: Major contributions of Deming. Customer orientation: Customer focus-customer satisfaction model-customer retention model-Quality Function Deployment Module III Problem solving process: Steps involved in problem solving-Quality control tools: Brain storming-Histograms-Check sheets.Pareto diagram-Ishikawa diagram-Control charts-Scatter diagram.Introduction to seven new management tools. 5S.Barriers to TQM Implementation.Lidsay. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 3.. and Sreenivasan. et al. Customer Complaints.J. Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd. South-Western (Thomson Learning). Text and cases.ISO 9000 series – ISO 14000 series – Other contemporary standards. Oxford. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Total Quality Management”. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”. N. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 98 . “The Management and Control of Quality”. Employee Involvement – Motivation. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”. Continuous improvement strategies: Deming wheelZero defect concept. Quality planning: SWOT analysis-Strategic planning-strategic grid-organizational culture. 6.11 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction to the concept of quality . 1989. Inc.Benchmarking. REFERENCES 1. 1991. Oakland. “Total Quality Management”. ISBN 81-297-0260-6. Quality circles. “Total Quality Management”.S. 2003.Suganthi and Anand A Samuel :Tatal Quality Management. 1991 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Narayana V. Wood Head Publishers.Quality standards – Need of standardization .Small ‘q’ & Big ‘Q’. Customer Retention. (Indian reprint 2004). Dale H.A.606.Six sigma approach – application of six sigma approach to various industrial situations.Besterfiled. 2002 (ISBN 0324-06680-5). Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House. 7. Kaizen – Cost of qualityquality and cost-Characteristics of quality cost . Pearson Education. 5. 8. 2 L . New Age International 1996. 4. PDCA Cycle. McGraw-Hill. Juran and Crossby to quality management.Evans & William M.08. Module II TQM Principles-Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality.. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Service Quality. Feigenbaum. K Sridhara Bhat :Total Quality Management . Zeiri.S. James R.V.Juran Trilogy.

micro motors . 1996. Module II Static stiffness and its influence and inaccuracy due to thermal effects in the machine tools: Overall stiffness of a lathe-compliance of work piece-errors caused by cutting forces deformation in turning-boring-milling-heat sourcesthermal effects-rate of thermal expansion.micro dynamometer .micro optics .R.. “Nano Technology”. 2.08. Murthy. “Understanding Smart Sensors”.spindle accuracy. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 99 . “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”.12 PRECISION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Concept of accuracy and of machine tools: Part accuracy–errors. Oxford University Press. accuracy of machine tools. 3. Artech House.micro machines – structures . New Age International (P) Ltd. diamond turning-micro positioning devices. Module III Micro manufacturing process: Micro machining-photo resist processlithography-optical. 1996.L. Dimensioning accuracy and surface finish: Definition of terms – dimensional chains – dimensional stepped shaft-assigning tolerances in the constituent dimensions-dimensional chains – concepts of precision machining-finish turning-boring-grinding. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “The Science and Engineering of Micro electronic Fabrication”. Randy Frank. Oxford University Press.micro pumps . REFERENCES: 1. Smart structures. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.displacement accuracy-errors due to numerical interpolation-definition of accuracy of NC system-errors in the NC machines-feed stiffness-zero stability.micro nozzles. Processing of materials-electron beam machining-iron beam machining-micro forming. Stephen A.606. Boston.cooling channels . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. materials and micro actuators: Smart Structures-smart sensors-micro valves-MEMS .Campbell. 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Norio Tanigughi. 1996.

L. REFERENCES 1.. Materials park. 6. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”.A.C.606.plaster mold and ceramic mold casting – vacuum casting – Evaporative pattern casting. Steven R. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. ceramic shell investment casting. ASM Int. U. Module II Manufacturing processes for plastics: Extrusion. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Brahem..1989. OHIO. pressureless compaction. 4. 1987. “Manufacturing processes for Engineering Materials”. Ostwald Phylips and Bageman.08. Filament winding.Addison-Wesley Publication Co. Rapid prototyping and rapid tooling: Introduction – Stereo lithography – Fused deposition moulding – selective laser machining – Laminated object manufacturing – solid base curing – Direct manufacturing and rapid tooling. squeeze casting and semisolid metal forming-Rapid solidification for Amorphous alloys. “Manufacturing Processes” John Wileys Sons. 1994.diffusion and Ion implementation – Etching .Compaction of metal powders.Single crystal silicon reactive etching (SCREAM) .K.. vacuum bag – contact – resin transfer – transfer / injection. Blow and rotational moulding of plastics-Thermoforming-Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Foam moulding . Addision-Wesley.Finishing of sintered parts. Injection.T..Lithography. “Advanced machining”. 5.silicon micro machining by single step plasma etching (SIMPLE) – Etching combined with fusion bonding – LIGA micro fabrication process – Solid free form fabrication.wet etching – dry etching – wire bonding and packaging – printed circuit boards – Micro machining – Bulk micro machining – surface micro machining. Muccic.Smith. “Introduction to microelectronic Fabrication”. ceramic moulds – spray deposition . Serope Kalpakjian.13 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES Credits : 4 Module I Advances in casting: Newer casting processes .. Schemid.S. Amstead B. 1995. Third Edition. E. 1988. slush casting. 3.Sintering – hot pressing – Isostatic pressing – hot and cold (HIP and CIP).H.. Pearson Education. Powder metallurgy processes: Methods of Powder production – Blending of metal powders. I. Module III Manufacturing processes for MEMS: Introduction to MEMS – semiconductors and silicon – crystal growing and wafer preparation –Films and film deposition – Oxidation. selective laser Sintering – Other shaping processes – Metal Injection moulding.R.Processing of reinforced plastics and composite –Moulding – compression. Jaeger R. 2003 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 100 . Fourth edition.. “Plastic Processing Technology”. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).F. Serope Kalpakjian. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

4. depth of focus. grain size determination volume fraction of phases etc. X-ray diffraction.Planum press Newyork 1996. depth of field and depth of focus. publishers addition . image formation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Stress measurement. Understanding image formation. Scanning electron microscopy: construction. Beanland .606. Bright field and dark field images. principles of phase contrast. sample preparation.Publishers :Sir Isac pitman and Sons LTD . Publishers :Taylor and francis. Indexing of powder photographs. Bragg’s law of diffraction. Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy. by a unit cell. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 101 . Important lens defects and their correction. Chemical analysis by X-rays. particle size. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Effect of texture.C . Optical microscopy of metals : R.J. resolution and magnification. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Barry carter . reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere construction. micro and macro strain on diffraction lines. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. resolving power. structure factor and intensity calculations. Optical microscopy. interference and polarized light microscopy. indexing of selected area diffraction patterns. interaction of electrons with matter. elementary treatment of image contrast. Particle size determination Module III Construction and working principles of transmission electron microscopes. magnification. quantitative analysis using optical microscopy (inclusion analysis. sample preparation techniques. Gifkins. Scattering of an electron by an atom.Humphreys and R. resolution of a microscope.08. Image formation. J. magnification.B Williams and C.1970 2. Stereographic projection. Selected area diffraction. Bright field and dark field contrast. Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy.D Cullity . 3.Goodhew. numerical aperture. Transmission electron microscopy –D.14 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Scope of metallographic studies in materials science. modes of operation.Wesley publishing company. Elements of X-Ray diffraction :B. Electron microscopy and analysis: P. References: 1.) Module II Production and properties of X-rays.

John Wiley and sons Ltd. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak. 2.08. CRC Press. microdrillingMicromachining tool design. . Module III Precision Grinding-Partial ductile mode grinding. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Future of MEMS. CRC Press. CRC Press. “Micro fabrication and Nanomanufacturing”. its connection to molecular structure and its consequences on macroscopic properties – Phase transformations in crystalline solids including marten site. Material properties. Mechanical micromachining: Theory of micromachining-Chip formation-size effect in micromachining-microturning. smart materials. UK. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. Micromechanics: Microstructure of materials. healthcare. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 102 . Clean room-yield model – Wafer IC manufacturing – PSM – IC industry-New Materials-Bonding and layer transferdevices. 2004. REFERENCES: 1.Electro chemical Machining. 5.606. Electron beam machining. 2004. 2006. Mark J. “Introduction to Micro Fabrication”. and diffusional phase transformations. micromilling. McGraw Hill. industrial properties etc. ferroelectric. “Microchip fabrication”. sensing methods. 4. Sámi Franssila. twinning and domain patterns. Jackson. Structural behavior. 3. Peter Van Zant.Bulk Micro Machining-LIGA – Microsystems packaging. Aerospace. Madore J. 2006.Materials for MEMS – MEMS fabrication. micro fabrication Technologies. defence.15 MICROMACHINING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Micro System design. Micro electro mechanical system fabrication: Introduction – Advance in Micro electronics – characteristics and Principles of MEMS – Design and application of MEMS: Automobile.Ultraprecision grindingBinderless wheel – Free form optics. Module II Micro-fabrication: Bulk processes – surface processes – sacrificial processes and Bonding processes – special machining: Laser beam micro machiningElectrical Discharge Machining – Ultrasonic Machining. “fundamental of Micro fabrication”. “The MEMS Handbook”. micro scale transport – feed back systems. 2002.

fixtures for CNC machines . Fine blanking . References: 1. William and Boyes. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. bush specifications. simple die . Types of dies . advantages – sheet metal bending –Bending dies . Fundamentals of Fixture Design.606. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Hoffman. striper .TMH 2. Fundamentals of tool design. Fixture for lathe operations.16 TOOL ENGINEERING (MU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures – Elements of fixtures . knecleant plates . 3. progressive die . compound die . forming dies – Embossing . coining . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE III CAD for tooling :-Turret press FMS – Computer applications (CAD /CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies – group tooling – Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidised bed fixturing. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Work holding devices different types – Design of drill jigs . locators . press cycle . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 103 .08. Cysil Donaldson. metal flow during drawing operations . Types of locators clamping .Koraskove Mir. strap layout . Tool Design. Edward G. forming . milling fixtures. Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book. Blanking and piercing tools . flexible fixtures . Load variation during blanking – Reduction of cutting load stock step . V. Design considerations .. MODULE II Press work tools . modular fixtures . 4.

Redesign of bus bodies. Painting: Corrosion and anticorrosion method .08.I. FF. unitized frame and body construction. Robert Scharff & James. chainless anchoring systems References: 1. Porto power. body frame construction. safety factors. George A Peters & Barbara J. Pauloski. Body alignment. Testing and failure prediction. in-floor systems. warning and instructions.straightening equipment. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Modern materials for vehicle design: Introduction. Crash worthiness.Duffy – Motor Auto body repair. typical layout of bus and coach bodies. Structure and manufacturing technology of automotive materials. Body design: coach and bus body styles. package drawing. Failure and reliability. FR. shielding.Auto care manual 6. determining the conditions of the collision. Pune 7. operation of conventional Porto power.R. typical layout of commercial vehicle types. Peters.D. body bay systems (flexi-force).Part I and Part H C. Julian happian-smith An introduction to modern vehicle design-SAE 2004 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.606. structural analysis by simple structural surface method. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 104 . Hutchinson 4. Chassis design and analysis: chasis type. Minor auto body repairs: types of body fillers and its application. 2-dimentional manikins.E. general repair techniques. Compliance testing. passenger car body styles.P. Crash testing: Human testing. importance of avoiding failures MODULE-III Introduction to vehicle safety: Basic concept of vehicle safety-underlying principles. Material selection for automotive components. Competitive race testing. operation of dozers. Anthropometry.Vehicle Body Engineering 2. S.Paint and painting process Diagnosing major collision damage: impact and its effect on a vehicle. Mechanical and physical properties of automotive materials. the dozer technique.. Fairbrother – Principles and practice of Vehicle body repair. repairing rust damage. Quick and dirty mock ups. The role of endurance and durability studies in the manufacturing of vehicles.Automotive vehicle safety-SAE 2002 8. Component testing.17 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING L-T. vehicle seating configuration(based on SAE). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). interlocking. & MR body structure details MODULE-II Ergonomics method and tool to promote occupant accommodation: standards guidelines and recommendations. Delmar Publishers 3. Paul Browne.Body Engineering 5. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Page. :Introduction.T. J.

from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. G. wind noises. three chamber corrosion testing. W. J. sources of vehicle noise. 3-1-0 105 . Advanced automotive technology – visions of a super efficient family cartechnical paper . Standard noise measurement methods. 2004 6.intake and exhaust noise. MODULE.831814. mechanical noise. Road and track testing: Initial inspection.820367. CAFÉ standards. Giles. structure noise. Operation of full load and part conditions. fundamentals of acoustics. performance. road testing.hydraulic. vehicle testing lanes .D. emission and fuel economy. brake testers. Anglin. Wildlife Publications. handling and ride characteristics.various types. 1978 3. engine analyzers. combustion noise. intensive driving. automotive noise criteria. Julian Happian-Smith – An introduction to vehicle design – SAE. London. McGraw Hill Book Co.Vehicle operation and performance.820371 and 820375 5. noise from auxiliaries. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Motor vehicle inspection.OTA-ETI-638.606. tyre and road condition and traffic condition and driving habits on fuel economy. 2009 4. H.for petrol and diesel engines.Giri. hill climbing. smoke consumption in conventional automobiles. human response to sound. Engine testing on dynamometers. wheel balancing. Crouse and L. SAE Transaction papers..II Noise vibration and Harshness: Review of vibration fundamentals. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. different types of dynamometers. brake testing on the road. MODULE-III Vehicle performance: Methods for evaluating vehicle performance. Vehicle testing on chassis dynamometers: two wheel & four wheel dynamometers.08. maximum speed and acceleration. head light alignment testing. Dr. wind tunnel testing. 1969 2. safety. exhaust gas analyzers .820346. Measurement of BHP. Initial free services. test tracks. References: 1.Orsat apparatus. effect of vehicle condition. FIP calibrating and testing. noise control methods.side slip testers.Automotive technology – Khanna publishers. IHP. transmission noises.18 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING Credits 4 MODULE-I Laboratory testing: Basic engine parameters. brake squeal. N. engine running in and durability. vibration control. PDI. infrared gas analyzers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Noise inside and outside the vehicle. mechanism of corrosion. wheel alignment testing. eddy current etc.K.

Alternative energy sources 5. reforming & blending.D.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. performance properties of engines with biodiesel. alkylation. smooth and efficient burning – volatility.Automobile technology. petroleum refining process-thermal cracking. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 106 .volumetric and gravimetric analysis.08. polymerisation. diesel blends. engine performance with pure alcohols. fuel additives. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . straight vegetable oils and biodiesels. chemical & combustion properties of IC engine fuels. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module-III Alternate fuels: Alcohols for SI engines.E85 Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels. 3.Alternate fuels guide book. octane number and octane number requirement.N Vezgirigiu. Bechtold. knock rating of SI engine fuels. a/f ratio. natural gas – CNG and LNG. volatility of liquid fuels. 4. References: 1.K.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd T. alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol. engine modifications to run on gaseous fuels.Automotive Fuels reference book. 6. SAE INC. vegetable oils as diesel fuels. handling & storageproperties of diesel.Giri. 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE FUELS & ALTERNATE FUELS Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: Physical. Module-II Diesel engine fuels: Requirements for diesel fuel. Indian standard for diesel. 7. structure of petroleum. cetane number. K. comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels. air requirement. manufacture of ethanol. SAE Richard L. sensitivity & performance number. advantages of gaseous fuels. biogas. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. diesel index. non. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. cleanliness. SAE Energy research group. effect of volatility on engine performance-ASTM distillation curve. Indian specification for biodiesel. Brennan. Isomerisation. Warrendale. 8. numerical examples.N. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. Indian standard for gasoline. Gaseous fuels: LPG as an IC engine fuel. ignition quality. catalytic cracking. khanna publications T. 2.19 L-T.petroleum fuels. Dhanpatrai publications Dr. products of refining process.manufacture of methanol. Fuels for SI engines: Requirements of an Ideal gasoline.606. producer gas. gasoline blends. dual fuel and multi fuel application. 1991 David Powell and Richard P. winter and summer gasoline.

Circle generation algorithms – text generation. Hidden line and hidden surfaces . Scan Line algorithm for curved surfaces. References : 1.ELECTIVE III 08. Windowing. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. B. McGraw Hill International Editions. quadric surfaces.Graphic standards. Cohen-Sutherland outcode algorithm. Colour graphic display techniques. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module – III Mathematical formulations on: Plane curves – Non parametric curves – space curves – Representation of space curves – cubic spline – Bezier curves . Second Edition.706. McGraw Hill International Editions. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Viewing transformations. Solid modeling techniques etc. Fractals. Graphic primitives. Vera B Anand. NURBS etc. 4. 2.. David F.Spline curves .H Adams : Mathematical Elements of Computer Graphics . Computer Graphics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 107 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Z-Buffer algorithm . Polygons. Rogers & J. Second Edition. Polygon filling Module – II Transformation: Simple problems on 3D transformations and applications. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 3.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMPUTER GRAPHICS ` Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to computer Graphics. Pauline Baker : Computer Graphics. Projections . 2nd Edition. Sutherland-Hodgman Algorithm. Mathematical formulation on Surface description and generation.Perspective geometry – Orthographic and Oblique projections – perspective transformations. Steven Harrington. Clipping. Computer Graphics and 3D Modelling for engineers. Donald Hearn & M. Description of graphic devices . Clipping of polygons.Surface of revolution – Sweep surfaces.

2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS Credits : 4 MODULE I Review of the fundamentals of classical thermodynamics – Multi phase and multi component systems – Free energy functions – Applications of free energy functions to phase changes – Clausius – Clayperon equations – Binary systems containing liquid and solid phases. Specific heat and thermal conductivity . heat of reaction –Adiabatic flame temperature entropy changes for reacting mixtures – Chemical equilibrium – Equilibrium criteria – Evaluation of equilibrium constants and equilibrium composition – Simple numerical solutions . J. Warren Giodt . elements of quantum statistics and quantum mechanics – The Schrodingar waves equation – Heisenburg uncertainty principle – Phase space – Quantum energy states . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Boltzmann law and velocity distribution – Maxwell’s distribution functions . Thermodynamics. Thermostatics and Thermodynamics. Thermophysics. Lay. 2. Myron Tribus. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Thermodynamics. MODULE II Statistical thermodynamics – Fundamentals of statistical inference – Probability and frequency stirling’s approximation .Thermodynamics 6. Evaluation of distribution – Constants – Principle of equipartition of energy – Degree of freedom – Viscosity . 3. 4. 5. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. MODULE III Bose – Einstein Fermi – Direct and Maxwell – Boltzmann statistics – Partition function and its relation to microscopic properties of an ideal gas – Translational . Expected value .Holman. variance .08. Mean free path of molecules – Distribution of mean free path – Maxwell . REFERENCES 1. Kennath Wark. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 108 . Van Wylon.706. Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures – Bond energy . Thermodynamics. rotational and vibrational partition functions – Thermodynamic probability and entropy thermodynamic properties of perfect diatomic gases.P. heat of formation .

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). nucleation of drops at solid surfaces.Graw Hill 3. Principles of Convection – Viscous flow .) (Description only).Holman.Convective Boiling and Condensation. low density heat transfer and ablation . Plane wall with heat sources. REFERENCES 1. The basic processes of condensation – Liquid formation. Mc Graw Hill Book Co.13 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Use of Heisler charts. Critical heat flow in forced convective flow – Elementary concepts. Determination of mean beam length – Particles in combustion products – Large particles. forced convection boiling curve saturated forced convective boiling in a round tube. Heat transfer. Mc. Engineering Calculations in relative heat transfer. Flat plate heat transfer – Conduction by integral methods (Simultaneous development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer only) MODULE II Emission and absorption of radiation by an absorbing medium. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 109 . gases in combustion products – Effect of an absorbing medium on the radiative heat transfer within an enclosures – Exchange areas for absorbing media. . different hydrodynamic boundary layer flow regimes and flat plates – Laminar boundary layer on a flat plate – Momentum equation of the laminar boundary layer with constant properties – Internal Momentum analysis of laminar boundary layer . Lumped heat capacity system. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. The two phase forced convection and nucleate boiling regions. Furnaces – Furnace geometry – Variation of temperature with time – Variation of temperature within the furnace – Representation of real gases – Heat transfer between real surfaces MODULE III Boiling heat transfer. Energy Equations – Significance of Prandtl Number . small particles. W.International series on material science and technology .08.3 INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER Credits : 4 MODULE I One-dimensional steady state heat conduction with uniform internal heat generation.706. Simple analytical methods.P. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. John G Gollier . General editor : D.Drop wise condensation.Grey A.Miller. Transient and periodic conduction (One-dimensional).Hepking Vol . 2. droplet growth – Film condensation on a vertical flat plate Nusselt equation for a laminar film – Improvements to the original Nusselt theory – The influence of turbulence – Condensation of horizontal tubes – Condensation within a vertical tube . Elementary concepts of : Heat transfer in magneto fluid dynamic ( Transpiration cooling . J. cylinder with heat sources.N.

University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 3. accident prevention programme . fluid and semi fluid – Synthetic – General properties and applications – Tests and classifications – Additives-Testing of lubricantsselection of lubricants-lubricating mechanisms. Co. Reliability Hand Book . Plant Engineer’s Hand Book . gas and liquids on wear – Effect of temperature – Fatigue.706.G. Mc Graw Hill. Module II Reliability – Analysis and Concepts – Chance failure and wearout failure – Application of stochastic model for reliability studies – Reliability of series . Lubricants – Solid . Deterioration – MAPI method –simple problems . Recent Developments in maintenance methods-RCM. REFERENCES 1. Wear prevention methods. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Industrial Engineering Hand Book . predictive and proactive maintenance). D B Tarapur.Effect of moisture .Causes of deterioration and obsolescence – Sudden and gradual obsolescence. Miller and Blood. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 110 . 2. Replacement – Analysis of different models . scheduling and controlling of maintenance work – organisation for maintenance. Modern maintenance Management.Irason.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PLANT ENGINEERING &MAINTENANCE Credits : 4 Module I Wear –fundamentals and analysis – Classification – Theories of wear – Analytical treatment of wear . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Mc Graw Hill Pub. 4. safety design concepts. scheduled.08. – Deterioration and failure analysis – planning . Co.CBM –DMS – TPM etc.W.Mill Pub. parallel and stand –by systems – Estimation of parameters for failure distributions – Maintainability -availability.Maynard . fire protection-industrial noise-Legislations on safety in industry . preventive. Safety engineering. Module III Maintenance – types (corrective.

crack opening displacement (COD) approach .the short crack problem Sustained load fracture: Time-to-failure (TTF) tests . Ewalds H. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.SIF solutions for well known problems such as centre cracked plate.Griffith energy balance approach Irwin’s modification to the Griffith theory .finite specimen width .corner cracks at holes cracks approaching holes .determination of SIF from compliance .applications in pressure vessels . McGraw Hill Book Company 4.superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF) .modes I.J-integral .Dugdale approach ..crack closure . Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics.tearing modulus concept .L.COD design curve .service failure analysis .706. Sijthoff & Noordhoff International Publishers 3.slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 111 ..sub critical crack growth . Introduction to Fracture Mechanics.crack growth rate testing experimental problems . Wheeler Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.relation between J and COD .relations for practical use . Elements of Fracture Mechanics.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FRACTURE MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Significance of fracture mechanics . & Wanhill R.shape of plastic zone . Kåre Hellan.stress intensity approach .fatigue crack growth from notches .crack tip plasticity . Fracture Mechanics.08.description of crack resistance LEFM testing: Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness testing determination of R-curves .state of stress in the crack tip region . and embedded elliptical cracks Crack tip plasticity: Irwin plastic zone size . single edge notched plate.J.expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region . Broek D.effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture toughness . Edward Arnold Edition 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).mode I elastic stress field equations .prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.pipelines and stiffened sheet structures References: 1.practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data Elastic plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM): Development of EPFM .method of predicting failure of a structural component practical significance of sustained load fracture testing Practical problems: Through cracks emanating from holes .fracture toughness of weldments .H.influence of stress state on fracture behaviour Module II Energy balance approach: Griffith energy balance approach .effects of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity .influence of material behaviour .mixed mode problems Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Elastic stress field approach .fracture toughness . Prashant Kumar.standard JIc test and COD test Module III Fatigue crack growth: Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor . II & III .

. developing research plan.sales promotion tools. collecting information. Majumdar R.significance of branding to consumers and firms References: 1. Robert. economic conditions. Dhanapat Rai and Co.J. Kotler P. Macmillan India Limited 3. Module II Market segmentation and market targeting . (Pvt) Ltd....selecting the communication channels .706.need and scope .controllable factors . Ramaswamy mix . Applications and Case Studies. Planning.designing the message .08. Etzel M. Marketing mix variables .S.J.advertising and sales promotion .concept of market and marketing .promotion mix evaluation . Stanton W.product life cycle . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.consumer behaviour . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers 6.demography.determination of communication objectives . Marketing Management: Planning. McGraw Hill International Edition 5.uncontrollable factors . testing and launching of new products. 4. Text.research objectives. Implementation and Control. competition. social and Marketing planning . Developing.factors in advertising . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. strategies for different stages of product life cycle Module III Marketing communication .Brand management . Marketing Research. Fundamentals of Marketing.steps in developing effective communication .introduction to segmentation targeting and product positioning.J. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Prentice Hall of India University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.factors directed by top management factors directed by marketing . and findings .identification of target audience .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to marketing . Marketing Management: Analysis.factors influencing consumer behaviour perceived risks .marketing research process . New trends in planning process .marketing mix variables. & Walker B. Implementation and Control.Boston consultancy group model . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 112 .marketing environment . & Namkumari S. Marketing research . T N Chabra and S K Grover : Marketing management.

Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT Credits : 4 Module I Entrepreneurial perspectives .study of feasibility and viability of a project . Developing Entrepreneurship A Hand Book. Vikas Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Deshpande M. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each..entrepreneurship and economic development .understanding of entrepreneurship process entrepreneurial decision process . & Peters Irwin M. Prayag Metha & Nadakarni M.managerial functions for enterprise Module II Process of business opportunity identification and evaluation .forms of organizations for small scale units .industrial policy .assessment of risk in the survey and market assessment . Timmons J. The Dryden Press 5. Entrepreneurship. Dr Patel V. Entrepreneurship A Contemporary Approach. Seven Business Crisis. McGraw Hill International 7. New Venture Creation-Entrepreneurship for 21 Century.stages of small business growth Module III Entrepreneurship in international environment .. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.formalities to be completed for setting up a small scale unit .. Finance for Small Scale Industries 9. implementation and growth...P. Process and strategies for starting a venture .project report preparation . McGraw Hill International 2. Noid S.706. Selections.financing of project and working capital .. Rao T.A.creativity and innovation structure of the enterprise . Pandey G.G.V. Donald Kurado & Richard M Hodgelts.W.R.venture capital and other equity assistance available .characteristics of entrepreneur .entrepreneurial competencies .08.time management . Rao C. EDII 8.achievement motivation . Technology acquisition for small units . Tata McGraw Hill st 6. Hirich R...V.. Patel J.B. A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 113 . Essentials of Management.planning.environment .break even analysis and economic ratios technology transfer and business incubation References: 1.D.. A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship. McGraw Hill 3. Learning Systems 4.S.S.

Circuit design for – shaper. Fluid power pumps and motors – Types of pumps – Characteristics – Hydraulic cylinders and rams – Fluid power pumping systems and components. grinder. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.8 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to fluid power – Hydraulics and Pneumatics systems – Fluid power systems – Fundamentals of fluid mechanics – Measurement of physical parameters – Hydraulic symbols . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE II Pressure accumulators – Functions – Fluid reservoirs – Filter in hydraulic circuits. MODULE III Industrial hydraulic circuits . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).706. materialhandling equipments processes -Miscellaneous circuits. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Industrial Hydraulics. Loading and replacement of filter elements – Materials for filters. John pippon and Tylor Hicks. REFERENCES 1. Fluid temperature control – Fluid pressure control –control valves – Sequence valve – Counterbalance valve-unloading valve – Friction control valve – Servo systems.08. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 114 .

load vector. R. Principle of minimum potential energy. C. finite element softwares. lumped and consistent formulations. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pearson. Discretization.Taylor. Banded and skyline solutions. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. S. Solution of Algebraic equations.penalty and elimination approach.S. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module-II One dimensional elasticity problems .L. stress-strain relationship. Butterworthheinemann 5. Butterworth-Heinemann. 2. Module-III Finite element formulation of 2D problems using constant strain triangle element and isoparametric quadrilateral element.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Credits : 4 Module I dimensional heat conduction through composite walls and fins. equations. 6.08. Galerkin method. beams and beams on elastic supports. Reddy. O. Introduction to the Finite Element Method. References:1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Mesh generation and numbering.S. Chandrapatla & Ashok D.transformation matrices . Features of 3D problems in stress analysis. applications. Iso parametric formulation. Tirupathy. McGraw Hill. 4. R. Cook. Rayleigh-Ritz method. J. Numerical Integration using Gauss quadrature. 2 and 3 dimensions . Shape functions types and properties. historical background.Hamilton’s principle. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming. Theory of elasticity . Largrangean and Serendipity elements. Discrete and Continuous systems. properties of stiffness matrices. Finite element modeling . Wiley. Krishnamoorthy.N. D. plane stress. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. Finite element Methods.types of elements.derivation of elements equations assembly of element equations . 3.Rao. Belagundu. Tata McGraw Hill. Scalar field problems . Finite element formulation of plane trusses.discretisation of domain into elements generalised coordinates approach . Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. plane strain and axi-symmetric approximation. Temperature effects. multi-point constraints. Local and Natural coordinates in 1. potential flow.706. Mass matrices. strain-displacement relationship. Dynamic problems. Potential energy and equilibrium. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 115 .C Zienkieviz & R. imposition of Boundary conditions .Area coordinates.stress and equilibrium. Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading. advantages. The Finite Element Method in Engineering.

plastic potential theory . & Han D. 4.yield surface . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3.temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow Module II Processes .closed die forging analysis of forging process in conditions of plane stain . blanking..compression of block between parallel plates .lower and upper bound theorems with proofs and applications References: 1. Introduction to Theory of Plasticity for Engineers.F.hodographs simple slip line field analysis in extrusion . & Mellor P. deep drawing Classification of rolling processes .experimental investigations of the yield criteria ..analysis .subsequent yield surfaces .wires .stress space .hot rolling . D Van Nostrand Co Ltd. Springer Verlag University Examination Question Paper consists of two die forging .basic considerations of plasticity theory simple models of material behavior .incompressible two-dimensional flow . Plasticity for Structural Engineers.Levy-Mises stress strain relations Prandtl-Reuss stress strain relations . Oscar Hoffman & George Sachs. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 116 .E.slip lines equilibrium equations referred to slip lines . McGraw Hill 2.forging allowances and tolerances .yield criterion of metals Von-Mises yield criterion .maximum work hypothesis .process classification . Chen W. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).stability postulates .J.lubrication temperature effects .tubes.sheet metal forming.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METAL FORMING Credits : 4 Module I Basic laws and theories of plasticity .706.B.experimental verification . McGraw Hill.rolling of bars and shapes .. Classification of forging process . bending and stretch forming Module III Slip line field theory .production of seamless pipe and tubes .isotropic and kinematic hardening . Dieter G. Johnson W.representation of the criteria in stress space .analysis of rolling process in conditions of plane strain.Tresca criterion .Henkeys theorem . Mechanical Metallurgy.drawing and extrusion .residual stresses in rods .strip load on semi-infinite body .cold rolling .plastic flow .analysis of the processes of drawing and extrusion of wire and strip through friction less dies and dies with friction . Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. shearing.plastic work .

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE II Hydraulic power . The Design and Construction of Machine tools – M. Trends in the design of modern machine tools – Aims and future development .G.Vibration isolated tool holders – Friction and lubrication in machine tools . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). rigidity of machine tools structures – Sources. Machine tools design Volume 1.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Principal requirements and specifications – Requirements regarding quality of performance (Accuracy and surface finish) – Productivity(Rate of motel renewal) –Economy and efficiency of machine tools . Design aspects – Kinematic principles in machine tools with respect to the basic elements and their design – tool .Town 5.4 – N.Design for improved static and dynamic performance – Fundamental aspects of numerical control – Adaptive control and hydraulic control of machine tools . Miscellaneous – Copying devices – Automates of various kinds feasibility determination for automation – Automatics and assembly line layout – unit heads and transfer machines . Design of Machine tools. effects and elimination of vibration – Machine tools drives and their kinematics – Electrical. REFERENCES 1. slides . Tool Engineer Hand Book – Mc.08. Mechanical.Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. bearings. column . Principles of Machine tools – G. Acherkan 7. spindles . Transmission systems used in machine tools and their various elements – A few common hydraulic circuits used the effect movement of tools slide and work tables. Machine tools design course – Central Machine tool Institute 6. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. shafts .C.3.706.Basu.2. Allied pub.Graw. Design principles of metal cutting machine tools – Koenisberger 3.K. 2. clutches. Hydraulic and combination systems Design of a stepped gear box. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 117 .Sen and Bhattacharya 4. S. frame . MODULE III Erection and testing of machine tools – Location and layout – Foundations vibration – Isolation – Erection process – Principles of acceptance tests – Measuring equipments and methods – Direction of tolerances – Maintenance of machine tools – Test charts for different machines . guide ways.

P. 2.wire out EDM ." Non Conventional Machining ". University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Applications Water Jet Machining Process-Principle-Equipment. The Institution of Engineers (India) Text Books: Series. operating principles-Breakdown mechanism-Dielectric fluid-Electrode material-Tool wear – Power generator circuits. 1997.12 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The need of the process-classification . AJM.Metal removal rate . Applications Abrasive Jet Machining Processes-Principle-Equipment-Metal removal rate process parameters. Applications Module II Electro Chemical Machining Process-principles-Equipment-Analysis of metal removal-tool material-Insulation-Process parameters-ECH. principles. Applications Electron Beam Machining Process. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. emission types-beam control.C. Principle-gun construction .Process parameters .Sharma.706. USM. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Applications Module III Ultrasonic Machining Process-working principles-types of transducersconcentrators-nodal point clamping-feed mechanism-metal removal rateProcess parameters.ECG etc.Types of gun . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Energies employed in the processesEDM. Applications References: 1. 1995. P. LBM. pumping processes. WJM etc. PAM.Mishra.K.Recent Developments in EDM. EC.08.Vacuum and non-vacuum technique Applications Laser Beam Machining Process. Electrical Discharge Machining Process. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 118 . A Text Books: of Production Engineering.

. simple stage design problems and performance characteristics. 1965..706. Tata Mcgraw Hill Pub. testing and performance characteristics. Centrifugal Compressors: Construction details. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.J. 1999. Module II Centrifugal fans and blowers : Types.V. 7. S. Macmillan. diffuser analysis. stage velocity triangles. enthalpy-entropy diagrams. Co. specific speed. 3. 4. slip factor.. Bruneck. losses and coefficients blade design principles. New Delhi. A.G. Earl Logan. Pergamom. volute and diffusers.I. characteristics curves and selection. Fans. fan drives and fan noise. Stepanff. 1996. classification of fluid machinery. reaction stages. Ganesan . stage and design parameters. flow analysis in impeller blades.. losses. applications. Pergamom Press. " Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery ". D. John Wiley and Sons Inc. Module III Axial flow compressors : Stage velocity triangles. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Axial and radial flow turbines : Stage velocity diagrams. Compressor and Fans ". work done factor. 6.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TURBO MACHINES Credits : 4 Module I Energy transfer between fluid and rotor. 1992. " Blowers and Pumps ". dimensionless parameters. References: 1. Dixon. work and efficiency for compressors and turbines. " Turbines. Yahya. Shepherd. 1973. " Gas Turbines ". 5. Jr. 8.H... S. Tata Mc Graw Hill 2.. types. impeller flow losses. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 119 . Press.08. stage losses and efficiency. 1969. 1990... " Hand book of Turbomachinery ". " Principles of Turbomachinery ". Marcel Dekker Inc. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. losses and performance curves. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Publishing Company.

Heat flux meters. Torque measurements – hollow cylinder for torque measurement – Prony brake – hydraulic dynamometer – Cradled dynamometer. Thermal mass flow meter. MODULE III Elastic elements for force measurements – simple cantilever and thin ring elastic elements – Proving ring. Convection heat transfer measurements – forced convection heat transfer coefficients in smooth tubes. Dead weight tester for static calibration of pressure gauges. Temperature measurement by electrical effects – electrical resistance thermometer. application factors and installation factors of different types of flow meters. Thermal conductivity measurement – guarded hot plate apparatus – measurement of thermal conductivity of metals.14 L-T-D: 3-1-0 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE I Pressure measurement devices – U tube manometer – Well type manometer – Different types of manometers. Methods of correction for lead resistance – Siemens three lead arrangement – callender four lead arrangement and floating-potential arrangement.08. LVDT diaphragm differential pressure gauge. Thermostats. Measurement of viscosity – rotating concentric cylinder apparatus – Saybolt viscometer. Low-pressure measurement – Mc Leod-gauge pirani thermal conductivity gauge – Knudsen gauge – lonization gauge. Hot wire and hot film anemometers. Humidity measurements. Thermal conductivity of liquids and gases – guarded hot plate apparatus – concentric cylinder method – apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity of gases at high temperatures. Fluid factors.706. Pressure probes – pitot tube – pitot static tube – Kiel probe. Elastic pressure transducers – Bourdon tubes – Diaphragms – Bellows. MODULE II Temperature measurement by mechanical effects – mercury in glass thermometer – bimetallic strip type – fluid expansion thermometers. Recommended proportions for venturi tubes. Yaw angel – yaw angle characteristics of various static pressure probes. Methods for flow measurement – Positive displacement methods – rotary vane flow meter – Lobed impeller flow meter. Diaphragm type strain gauge pressure pickup. Temperature measurement due to thermo-electric effects – thermocouples – different types and its range – law of temperature – emf vs temp relationships for different thermocouples – sensitivity of thermocouples – thermopile and its practical application – installation of thermocouple on a metal plate – Thin foil thermocouples for rapid transient response. Strain measurements – electrical resistance strain gauges120 . Gas diffusion – measurement of diffusion coefficients in gases. Practical considerations for obstruction flow meters. Capacitance pressure gauge. Temperature measurement by radiation – optical pyrometer. flow nozzles and orifices. Magnetic flow meter. Flow obstruction methods – Venturi – flow nozzle – orifice. High-pressure measurement – very high-pressure transducer. Flow measurement by drag effects – rotameter – turbine meter – vortex shedding flow meter.

Ernest O. 3. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Doebelin. Eckman. Sound measurements – microphones – characteristics of microphones. Experimental Methods for Engineers. Industrial Instrumentation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.different types – characteristics of strain gauge materials. J. Temperatures compensation for electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge rosettes – bonded and unbounded resistance strain gauges. Psychoacoustics factors – sound level meter – acoustic properties of materials – sound absorption coefficient – noise reduction coefficient. Measurement System – application and Design. REFERENCES: 1. Air pollution measurement – units for pollution measurement – air pollution standards – Air sampling train. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 121 . Cantilever beam used as a frequency measurement device. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2. Donald P. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.P. Principles of seismic instrument – practical considerations for seismic instruments – electrical resistance strain gauge seismic instrument – piezoelectric transducer type seismic instrument. Holman.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). forced and damped vibrations and torsional systems – Dynamic absorbers periodic and Non periodic . C.Deslie L. 2. 7. Noise and vibration Control. density and intensity – Sound transmission through one and two intervening media . Band pass filters . Timosheako. Beronek . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 122 .L. curves – Noise and Number index – Noise pollution level – Noise induced hearing loss – Damage risk criteria – Criteria for noise and vibration in community buildings – General principles of noise control – Use of enclosures – Wrappings – Porous materials – Design of Auditorium – Acoustical requirements – Elimination of room acoustical defects – Articulation index – Sound reinforce systems – Design of time delays (Brief description only) REFERENCES 1. Fundamentals of Vibration. 3. W. graphic level recorder . Tata McGraw Hill. Kinslor and Frey. 5. Measurement of Sound – Loud speakers and microphones – Their characteristics .Measurement in reverberation and Vachaic chamber –Hearing mechanism of hearing and perception of sound (Description only) Types of noise : Criteria for evaluation of noise problems – Threshold of hearing – Hearing loss with age – Equal loudness contours loudness and loudness level – Perceived noise level – N.Harris. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.U. Jump phenomenon – Effect of damping – Self excited Oscillations. 4. MODULE III Introduction to sound and vibratic wave motion – One dimensional plane waves – Characteristics impedance – Decibel seats power .S. Narrow Band Analysers . Theory of Vibrations. Mechanical Vibrations.08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE II Vibration – Fourier series representation – Unit impulse step . Hinkle and Morse. Laplace Transforms.C. Vibration problem in Engg. Environmental Acoustics.A University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Hand Book of Noise Measurement – General Radio Company . 8. Anderson Roger A.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction – Harmonic motion – Beat frequency – Equations of motion – Concepts of forces and equilibrium – Systems with one degree of freedom – Free and forced vibrations with undamped and damped systems (Review) Two degrees of freedom systems : Equations of motions for free and forced vibration without and with damping – Use of influence coefficients – The work and energy approach – Solutions to free . 9. Solutions to Differential Equations . Hand Book on Noise control.L. Tee.706. Doello . 6.T. ramp and arbitrary excitation – Response spectrum – Analog computer set up for solving vibration problems -. Fundamentals of Acoustics.Vibration measuring instruments .Thomsom. McGraw Hill.

Mechanisms and general features of fatigue fracture. Beanland . Mechanical testing. opening secondary cracks Module II Macroscopic examination of fracture surfaces. ductile to brittle fracture transition Module III Chemical analysis. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). analysis of surfaces and deposits. COD test. experimental stress analysis.Failure mechanisms and Fractography of ductile fracture. limitations of tensile testing. Humphreys and R. Eddy current inspection. Applications of fracture mechanics: Fracture mechanics concepts. plane stress and plane strain. Selection of samples for various conditions. Selection and preparation of metallographic sections. McGraw Hill 4.Plane strain fracture toughness Examination and analysis of metallographic sections. Pub: :Taylor and francis. Microscopic examination of fracture surfaces – optical microscopy. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Preliminary examination of the failed part – visual inspection and non destructive techniques for failure investigation. acoustic emission inspection. spot tests. Goodhew. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. J.Magnetic particle inspection. Stress corrosion cracking. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. radiography. Analyzing the evidences formulating conclusions and report writing. sectioning. ASM Handbook Volume 11: Failure analysis and Prevention 2. Fatigue crack growth rate their use in failure analysis. Hydrogen embrittlement. Mechanical Metallurgy by Dieter.Analysis of bulk materials. Case studies of failures: failures of shafts. Fracture Mechanics by Prashant Kumar Wheeler Publishing 3.08. failures of heat exchangers References: 1. brittle fracture. Electron microscopy and analysis: P. photographic records. Simulated service testing. transmission electron microscopy.J. Selection preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces. ultrasonic inspection. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 123 . Liquid penetrant inspection. Elastic-Plastic fracture mechanics (basic concepts).16 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FAILURE ANALYSIS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Objectives of failure investigation. Liquid metal embrittlement. Intergranular brittle fracture. Determination of fracture type. Collection of background dataservice history. transgranular brittle fracture. scanning electron microscopy.706. Creep and stress rupture failures. Fatigue fracture. fracture toughness testing.Linear elastic fracture mechanics.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. feed and depth of cut. milling. Metal cutting principles. ASTME University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 5. Sen and Bhattacharya. systems-types of single point cutting tools-Left hand . MODULE III Cutting tool materials. Ceramics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 124 .straight shank. MODULE II Mechanism of metal cutting –Forces of deformations at the cutting edge.Embedded thermocouple – Calorimetric method.Parameters on surface finish. 2. Ucon. major tool material types-HSS. Tool Manufacturing Engineers Hand Book. right hand . References:1.08.Problems – Economics of cutting. Diamonds. Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools. bent shank-offset and stepped. Titanium Carbides Coated carbides. Theory of metal cutting. SIALON. Shaw M. coated HSS. satellite. Dynamometers – principle of cutting force. Black P.. Experimental methods in metal cutting. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Machinability criteria-optimum cutting speed – cutting fluids. Boothroyd.G. 4. HMT 6. 7. cutting speed. Heat in metal cutting-zones of heat generation – variables affecting the tool temperatureTemperature in metal cutting – Tool work thermocouple.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 THEORY OF MACHINING (MU) Credits : 4 MODULE I General classification of Cutting Tool-single point multi point cutting tools and form tools-Cutting tool nomenclature.C.V. Surface finish.H.Mechanism of metal removal-Mechanism of chip formations-classes of chips Friction in metal cutting –Methods of reducing friction –Chip control and chip breaker-Primary deformations on shear zone-secondary deformations on rake face. Parameters affecting tool life. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Tool wear criteria –Tool life – Taylor’s tool life equation. 3. CBN .Merchant’s circle diagramRelationship between forces. Modified tool life equation and estimation of tool life –Machinability. Stress distribution on rake face – Velocity relationships-Chip thickness Ratio. drilling and grinding dynamometers-Deformation studies using quick-stop devices. Problems. Tool wear and life –Types of wear-mechanism of tool wear.706. Shear angle lee and Shaffer’s solution. Cemented Carbides. Need and requirement of dynamometers –Turning. Geometry-Cutting tool signature-Effect of cutting tool geometry in metal cutting . their characteristics and applications.Selection of cutting fluids-Action of cutting fluids – Application of cutting fluids. Venkitesh. Production Technology. Principle of metal cutting. Measurements.

Scanning ion mass Spectroscopy. Soft Tissue Replacement. Vol. Titanium Alloys. Biocompatibility. REFERENCES 1. Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis. Preservation Techniques. Shape Memory effect. “ Encyclopedia of Smart Materials”. I. Vol. Cobalt Chromium Alloys. Stent.08.706. Bioactive ceramics. Application with examples – Orthopedic. Properties. CRC Press. Bronzino. 2. 2002. Bio inert Bio Ceramics. Stainless Steels. Artificial Urethral Valves. Material Selection for Orthopedic. John Wiley and Sons.I. Dental. Module II Ceramic and composite biomaterials: Introduction. Super Elasticity.18 L-T-D: 3-1-0 BIO MATERIALS Credits : 4 Module I Metallic biomaterials: Introduction. deterioration of ceramics. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Polymeric biomaterials: Polymers used as Biomaterials. Biocompatibility. Manufacturing of Implants. 2000. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 125 . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Atomic Force Microscopy. Function. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Mel Schwartz. manufacturing techniques. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Sterilisation. USA. Tissue derived Biomaterials. Surgical Instruments. Auger Electron Spectroscopy. Hard Tissue Replacement. Biomaterial application of smart materials: Introduction. Corrosion of Medical Implants. Joseph D. Biocompatibility and Application of Composite Biomaterials. Module III Biomaterial characterization and selection: Biomaterials surface analysis. Dental Materials. Hysteresis. Anti – Kinking. biodegradable polymeric materials. Blood Contacting and Space Filling applications. “The Bio Medical Engineering Handbook”. Biodegradable ceramics. Surface Modification for improving bio compatibility.

Credits : 4 Module I Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) - CE design methodologies - Organizing for CE - CE tool box collaborative product development. IT support - Solid modeling - Product data management Collaborative product commerce. Artificial Intelligence- Expert systems - Software hardware co-design. Module II Life-cycle design of products - opportunity for manufacturing enterprises modality of Concurrent Engineering Design - Automated analysis idealization control - Concurrent engineering in optimal structural design - Real time constraints. Manufacturing competitiveness - Checking the design process conceptual design mechanism – Qualitative physical approach - An intelligent design for manufacturing system. JIT system - low inventory - modular Modeling and reasoning for computer based assembly planning – Module III Design of Automated manufacturing. Life Cycle semi realization - design for economics - evaluation of design for manufacturing cost – concurrent mechanical design - decomposition in concurrent design - negotiation in concurrent engineering design studies - product realization taxonomy - plan for Project Management on new product development – bottleneck technology development. REFERENCES 1. Anderson MM and Hein, L. Berlin, "Integrated Product Development", Springer Verlog, 1987. 2. Cleetus, J, "Design for Concurrent Engineering", Concurrent Engg. Research Centre, Morgantown, WV, 1992. 3. Andrew Kusaik, "Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tools and Technology", Wiley, JOhn and Sons Inc., 1992. 4. Prasad, "Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals: Integrated Product Development", Prentice Hall, 1996. 5. Sammy G Sinha, "Successful Implementation of Concurrent Product and Process", Wiley, John and Sons Inc., 1998. 6. Web Reference: University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0


Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Basic concept of Automation, Types of Automation, Feasibility etc. Industrial Hydraulics: Introduction, basic concepts, Hydraulic fluids, Classification and properties of hydraulic fluids, Contaminates in hydraulic system, control and cleanliness standards, Fluid power generators, i.e. Gear, Vane, Piston pumps, linear and Rotary Actuators, Direction Control Valves, types, actuation methods, pressure control valves; pressure reducing valves, pressure relief valve, Unloading valve, Sequence valve, Counterbalance valve, Flow control valves simple and pressure compensated type. Module II Pneumatics: Introduction, Basic components, Source, storage and distribution, treatment of compressed air, linear and Rotary actuators, Direction control valves – types, actuation methods, pressure control valves, logic devices – twin pressure valve, shutter valve, time delay valve, Pneumatic circuit design and analysis, conventional as well as computer aided design. Robotics: Basic concepts, classification based on Geometry, programming, drives, work volume of robots world and joint coordinates various joints, DOF, end effectors – Types and uses, Sensors in Robots, programming – Teach pendant and Computer programming, Introduction to forward and inverse kinematics, Applications of Robots. Module III Automatic Assembly System: Development of Automatic Assembly process, Transfer devices – continuous, Intermittent, synchronous and asynchronous, Vibratory feeders – Mechanics, effect of frequency, acceleration, track angle, friction, load sensitivity, orientation of parts – active and passive devices, Mechanical feeders – computation and operational details, feed tracks, Escapement devices. Product design for high-speed automatic assembly, examples of design modifications. Reference 1. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with Application”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education (2003). 2. Majumdar S R, “Oil Hydraulic System”, Tata McGraw Hill (2001). 3. Bolton W, “Mechatronics”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi (1999). 4. Necsulelscu Dan, “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education, New Delhi (2002). 5. Geoffrey Boothroyd, “Assembly Automation and Product Design”, Marcel Dekker Inc (1991). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction: Need for non-conventional energy sources, energy conservation in transportation sector, alternative energy, alcohol, hydrogen, biomass, and electric energy Alcohol: Methanol and Ethanol production methods, properties of methanol and ethanol as engine fuels, use of alcohols in Sl engines. performance of methanol and gasoline blends. Combustion characteristics of alcohols in S.1 engines, use of alcohols in Cl engines, different methods of use- Alcohol Diesel emulsions, dual fuel systems, Flex fuel Vehicles (FFV) Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen, sources of hydrogen, production of hydrogen, electrolysis of water, thermal decomposition of water, thermo chemical production and biochemical production, storage and transportation methods, applications to engines, modifications necessary, precautions and safety for use, performance characteristics in engines, use in fuel cells. MODULE-II Gaseous fuels: Biogas production, description of biogas plant, application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel, performance of LPG, property & its use in Sl engines, fuel metering system, natural gas and producer gas - use in S.I. and C.1 engines. Vegetable oil: Vegetable oil properties, Production of Bio-diesel, esterification of vegetable oil, Soya bean diesel, rapeseed oil, rice bran oil etc., diesel and vegetable oil blends, and engine performance with vegetable oil. MODULE-III Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy, collection devices, flat plate collectors, concentrating type collectors, principle and working photovoltaic conversion, application to automobiles Electric vehicles: Design considerations, limitations, batteries for electric vehicles, types & capacities, driving requirements, applicability of electric cars, comparative use of fuel and energy recharging, Hybrid vehicles - types and layouts. References: 1. T. K. Garrett: Automotive fuels system, SAE INC, Warrendale, 1991 2. David Powell and Richard P. Brennan- The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. 3. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley - Automotive Fuels reference book, SAE 4. Tom Koppel- Powering the future, SAE 5. Richard L. Bechtold- Alternate fuels guide book, SAE 6. Bob Brant.- Build your own Electric Vehicle, SAE 7. SAE papers: 73802, 750121, 750118. 741008 8. Energy research group- Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd, 9. New Delhi, 1990 10. T.N Vezgirigiu- Alternative energy sources 11. Mathur and Sharma- IC. Engines, Dhanpat Rai and Sons. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T- D; 3-1-0


NO emission from diesel engines – Particulate emission in diesel engines. Chemiluminescent analyzer. 3.22 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL L-T. thermal reactors. N. Evaporative emission. K. V. NDIR analyzer. Giri. J. Pundir.706. 2. ECE.K. Tata McGraw Hill Co. Gas analyzer.D. catalytic converters Module-III Test Procedure & Instrumentation for Emission Measurement: Test procedures. 7. Engine Combustion and Pollutant Formation: HC. References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Color and Aldehyde emissions from Diesel engines . Ltd. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Control of Crankcase emission. Aldehyde emissions. Ramalingam. Green house gases and global warming. Amitosh De. Effect of operating variables on emission formation. Measurements of visible emissions – Comparison methods & Obscure methods . Heywood. air injector PCV system.. “Engine Emissions”.08. optimization of operating factors.Calculation of volume of Exhaust gases. construction of road networks. Design changes. Ganesan..Smoke emission in diesel engines . 2007.1995. Khanna Publishers. Scitech Publications Pvt. B. Exhaust emission .Smoke meters. 2004. Evaluation of Emission Standards – Mandatory Tests for Emission measurement –Type Approval & Production Conformity Tests Control Techniques for SI and CI: Basics of diesel combustion . Galgotia Publications Pvt.Effects of operating variables on emission formation. “Automobile Engineering”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 129 . Volume of constituents for perfect combustion. NOx. transient operational effects on pollution.. “Automobile Mechanic”. Ltd. Module-II Emission Standards : Driving Cycles.. Flame ionization detectors. CO. Emission standards. McGraw Hill Book Co. Automobiles and Pollution SAE Transaction.B. 2004 5. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. 2005 4.K. EUDC. Internal Combustion Engines.P. Pollutants-sourcesformation-effects on human beings and environment.. Bharat Stages & Euro emission standards. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Particulate Matters. Narosa Publishing House. 2006 6. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: General Scenario on automotive Pollution. “Automobile Engineering”. Dr. Emission Control Efforts: Supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers.exhaust gas recirculation. Measurements of invisible emissions -ORSAT apparatus. Canisters. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.

Importance .Patent application References: 1.Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits .Patents . Pitman Publishing Ltd. Harry Nystrom." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) . Prentice Hall Inc.Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels .Patents .Application Procedures Module-III Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies . 1992.creativity and problem solving . John Wiley & Sons. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.brain storming . Intellectual Property). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).N.International code for patents . New Delhi.Model Preparation . Bulletins.Selection criteria . Research and new product development .Intellectual Property (IP) . 1979. Immovable Property and iii. Invention and Creativity . 1992.factors contributing to successful technological innovation . 3. " Managing technological innovation". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Design of proto type .08. Creative design .quality standards .Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration Definitions .. Module-II Collection of ideas and purpose of project . Harry B.Indian IPR legislations commitments to WTO-Patent Ordinance and the Bill ..screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques). 3-1-0 130 .Testing .Protection of IPR .testing .different techniques.Watton. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits 4 Module-I The process of technological innovation . " Creativity and innovation". IP .marketing research introducing new products.Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy . 4.Patent search .706.Intellectual property rights (IPR). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.R.23 CREATIVITY. 1997.Khandwalla .P.Patent laws .D. P. Brain Twiss.Copyrights and related rights . 5. Allahabad. 2.Wheeler Publishing ".cost evaluation . 1992.Basic types of property (i. I.the need for creativity and innovation . " New Product Planning ".Present against unfair competition. TIFAC. Movable Property ii.

H.Dove and B. Hammer tests – Brittle coating techniques – Crack patterns – Types of coatings – Elementary ideas-Holographic non Destructive testing . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).M. Applied stress Analysis – Durelli and Philips 4.W. Types – Visual Examinations . MODULE III Non Destructive Tests – Need .Railey 3.ELECTIVE IV 08.1 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Basic concepts : The generalized basic systems – Definition – Stress at a point . REFERENCES 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 131 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Experimental stress analysis – J.Adams 5. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Photo elasticity .P.Application of photo elastic methods .C.Fringes – Moiré techniques – Photo elastic photography – Photo elastic model materials – Properties – Calibration methods – Analysis of photoelastic data – Isochromatics – Isoclinics – Compensation techniques .Dally and W. penetrate tests.Delta – Stress gauge – Strain gauge circuits – Wheatstone bridge – Null Balance recording instruments – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope.Stress equation of equilibrium – Principal stress – Two dimensional stress systems – Strain and stress relations – Principal strain – Strain compatibility – Plane stress – Plane stress and strain problems – Photoelastic methods : Behaviour of light – Polarised light – Plane polariser – Wave plate – Conditioning of light by a series combination of linear polariser and a wave plate – Arrangement of optical elements in polariscope .M. The stress optic law in two dimensions at normal incidence – Plane polariscope – Circular polariscope .Frocht 2. Moire Fringes Strain Analysis – Pericles Theocaries University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. MODULE II Electrical strain gauges – Definition of strain and its relation to experimental determination – Strain gauge – Types – Analysis – Strain sensitivity – Gauge construction – Temperature compensation – Rosette analysis – Rectangular Delta . Experimental stress analysis and Motion Measurement – R.805.

wing tip vortices. Kermode 2. Mechanics of flight. stratosphere . lateral and directional stability. Aircraft performance-straight and level flight –power required and power available graphs for propeller and jet aircraft-gliding and climbing –rate of climb-service and absolute ceilings-gliding angle and speed of flattest glidetake off and landing performance – length of runway required.pressure. Only). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). (Brief description and qualitative ideas only). Module II Propellers – momentum and blade element theories –propeller coefficients and charts.circling flight – radius of tightest turn-jet and rocket assisted take –offhigh lift devices-range and endurance of airplanes-charts for piston and jet engine aircrafts.805. temperature and density variations in the atmosphere. and supersonic aircraft engines (Description with fig.controls of an aero plane.replacement of finite wing by horse shoe vertex systemthe lifting line theory-wing load distribution – aspect ratio. 2D aero foils -Nomenclature and classification. 3. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems. Fundamentals of Aerodynamics Anderson 4. C.characteristics. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Elementary ideas on space travel-calculation of earth orbiting and escape velocities ignoring air resistance and assuming circular orbit.mass balancing (Qualitative ideas only). 3D or Finite aero foils – effect of releasing the wing tips. A. and ionosphere. Aerodynamics for Engineering Student Houghton and brock. Skin friction and from drag.aerodynamic balancing of control surfaces.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module – I The atmosphere-characteristics of troposphere .EHJ Pallett University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.changes in finite wing plan shape.pressure distribution in inviscid and real flows. Principles of wind tunnel testing –open and closed type wind tunnels-wind tunnel balancessupersonic wind tunnels. References: 1. Ideas on stability-static and dynamic stability.aircraft ground run.longitudinal.momentum and circulation theory of aerofoil. Study of subsonic. Application of dimensional analysis – aerodynamic force – model study and similitude. calculation of true air speed-altimetergyro horizon -direction indicator-vertical speed indicator –turn and back indicator-air temperature indicator. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 132 . induced dragcalculation of induced drag from momentum considerations. Module III Flight Instruments-airspeed indicator. thermosphere .08. Transonic.

FF & Control .A W Peymberton 4. Plant layout and Material Handling. Storage area etc.G Aysan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. Module III Material handling system and equipment – Material handling in Plants . Elements off Industrial safety. Office. Use of DCF techniques. Line balancing methods. dust control. Different type of Plant services like steam compressed air etc. – Plant safety.Causes and prevention of accidents – Pollution and environmental consideration. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Plant layout and Material Handling . humidity. Receiving and dispatching area – Choice of material handling equipment – Cost control in material handling. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module II Environmental aspects like lighting. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.805. Plant layout and Material Handling . replacement depends on technical and economical consideration. REFERENCE 1.James A Apple 3.3 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FACILITIES PLANNING Credits : 4 Module I Design of layout of factories. on consideration of facilities of working people. Ventilation.08. Stores and warehouses . Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Computer applications in layout designs. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 133 .John A Sehbin 2. Equipment replacement – Repair.

Introductions to operations research – Wagner and Pranti .08. Assignment and trans-shipment problems – Post optimality analysis – Complications and their resolution – Practical applications and examples.Taha. REFERENCE 1. Operations research . Stochastic programming and integer programming Inventory theory – deterministic inventory models.Holden day.Churchman . 5. Decision trees .Ackeff and Arneff. Wiley. Introduction to dynamic Programming. MODULE III Decision making – Statistical decision theory. limited queue etc. MODULE II Network theory – Maximal flow problems – Travelling salesman problems network with PERT / CPM. Replacement – replacement in anticipation of failure – Group replacement. Scheduling on machines 2 job – 2-machine problem – Johnson’s algorithm – graphical solution. Queuing theory – Birth and death processes – Basic queuing process – Single server and multiple server models – Poison input and exponential service – Limited source. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Operations research .4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED DECISION MODELLING Credits : 4 MODULE I Development of operations research as a branch of knowledge since 2nd world war – Fields of application of operations. 4. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2. Priority disciplines – Practical applications. Wiley. Mc graw Hill. Linear programming – Graphical solutions – Simplex method – Transportation problem –Assignment problem solution to transportation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Philips and Ravindran 3. Fundamentals of operations research – Ackeff and Sasionic. Introductions to operations research – Hillier and Lieberman . Game theory – Practical application of game theory – 2 person zero – Sum games – Solving simple games – Mixed strategy – Graphical solution.805. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 134 .

transcritical and Hopf bifurcations Quasiperiodic solutions: Poincare' maps .L..period doubling .construction of quasiperiodic solutions Chaotic solutions of maps: dynamics of logistic equation .autonomous and non autonomous systems . Jurgens & Saupe. John Wiley 4.symmetry breaking . Wiggins S.T.period doubling and intermittency mechanisms Module III Experimental methods in chaotic vibrations: experimental system to measure the Poincare' map of a chaotic physical system Fractals and dynamical systems: Koch curve . & Balachandran B.floquet theory . Chaos and Fractals.bifurcation diagram of one-dimensional maps .R. Thomson J. Invitation to Dynamical Systems.bifurcation .capacity dimension . Springer Verlag 5. & Stewart H B.time dynamical systems .08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.& Gollub J. Scheinerman E.C.attracting sets . Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics. John Wiley 3. Nonlinear Dynamics And Chaos.classification and stability of equilibrium solutions . Cambridge University Press 6.805. Introduction To Applied Nonlinear Dynamical Systems And Chaos.concepts of stability Equilibrium solutions: fixed points and stability of continuous .periodic solutions of continuous . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Chaotic Dynamics.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NON LINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to dynamical systems: discrete time systems .feigenbaum number .lyapunov exponents References: 1.phase space and flows .H.correlation dimension and Information dimension . Peitgens. Baker G.M. Moon F.poincare' maps .local and global bifurcation of continuous systems .fractal dimension .time systems .Rossler equations .cantor set .Henon map Chaotic solutions of continuous systems: Duffing' s equation . Poincare' sections and maps .cyclic fold . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 135 ..fixed points of maps and their stability . Springer Verlag 7.state-space and pseudo state space .autonomous and non autonomous systems ..limit cycle .embedding dimension and time delay ..measures of fractal dimension .. John Wiley 2.continuous time systems . Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.bifurcation of maps Module II Periodic solutions .static and dynamic bifurcations .circle map .Fourier spectra.fractal dimension of strange attractors Tools to identify and analyze motions: time history .P. Applied Nonlinear Dynamics. Nayfeh A. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

methods of location . McGraw Hill 7.basic principles . Cole B.magnetic chucking devices -mandrels .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .milling fixtures . McGraw Hill 6.A Reference Book".design calculations of lever type clamp ..boring and lather fixtures . pinch and magnetic clamps .face milling fixture with equalizers .principles of jig and fixture design .operation analysis .design considerations in work holder design and selection . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 136 .examples of pre-design analysis . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. spherical.pneumatic.A.economics Drill Jigs -definition .definition of location .principles of clamping . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). "An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design". Kempster M.principles of locating and positioning .types of clamps . Tata McGraw Hill 4.indexing tables and worktables . Goroshkin A.pre-design analysis .screw clamps mandrels and collet . Wilson & Holt.H. "Tool Design".wedge. ASTME.fixture design .construction methods and materials used .08.jaw chucks . Donaldson.E.K.machine vices .indexing jigs .jig feet and legs .plane.process planning and typical operation layout product considerations .machine analysis . "Jigs and Fixtures .strap.indexing fixture .wedge type clamp .types of drill jigs template -vise ..operator analysis and cost analysis . radial and V-locators redundant locators Module II Design and mechanics of clamping devices . "Jigs and Fixtures . Fundamentals of Tool Design 3. Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. ELBS 2. Grant H.profile milling fixtures .welding fixtures . Taraporevala 8.worked examples Module III Fixtures .. "Hand book of Fixture Design". Colving & Haas. hinge and two-way (multiple) clamps .standard fixture components .latch and self locking clamps .drive chucks . concentric.hook type clamp .purpose of work holding devices .fixtures for inspection testing and assembly .straddle milling fixtures .chucks . "Jigs and Fixtures Hand Book". "Tool Design". Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.examples of design and drawing of milling fixtures for machining of simple components . swing.slot and key-way milling fixtures .examples of design and drawing of drill jig for machining of simple components References 1. MIR Publishers 5. Lecain & and button locators .drill guide bushings .leaf box and tumble jigs .product analysis ..universal fixture for profile milling . hydraulic and pneumo-hydraulic clamps .Non Standard Clamping Devices".805.fixture for milling flanges .

critical coefficient in nucleate and convective boiling Module III Condensation . Ginoux J.. Vol. McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. Hsu Y. Wiley 5.pressure drop limitation effect .void fraction and slip ratio correlations .Y.drift flux model . Hemisphere 3. & Zuber N.graphical representation of critical flow conditions References: 1.. contractions.7 MULTIPHASE FLOW Credits : 4 Module I Basic equations and empirical correlations for multi-phase flow ..experimental observations .correlations for bubble.empirical equations for film boiling and transition boiling . McGraw Hill 2. slug and annular flows pressure losses through enlargements. Collier J. Two Phase Flows and Heat Transfer.805..flow pattern maps and transition momentum and energy balance .mathematical models . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 137 .mechanism of evaporation and condensation .void fraction and pressure drop in sub-cooled boiling saturated boiling heat transfer . Multiphase Science and Technology.burnout mechanism and correlations .08. orifices. bends and values Module II Boiling and multiphase heat transfer .flow patterns . Delhaye J. Tong L.. Transport Processes in Boiling and Two Phase Systems. Hemisphere.dropwise condensation .propagation of small disturbances . & Graham R.. I.heat transfer in partial and fully developed sub-cooled boiling .influence of pressure gradient .vapour-liquid equilibrium mechanisms pool boiling convective boiling .empirical treatment of two phase flow .J. Hewitt G. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.two phase flow through inclined pipes and singularities .W. McGraw Hill 4.basic processes of condensation .M.pressure gradient in condensing systems .G.critical flow criterion compatibility conditions and their physical interpretation . Convective Boiling and Condensation.S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).methods of improving heat transfer coefficient in condensation on a planar surface .identification and classification .two phase forced convection laminar and turbulent flow solutions for film heat transfer .homogeneous and separated flow models correlations for use with homogeneous and separated flow models . Critical multiphase flows . Boiling Heat Transfer and Two Phase Flow. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

805.tape reader. Economics of numerically controlled machines. accumulators etc.Kundra. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 138 .Mikel P Groover 4. Temeri University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Analysis and study of typical hydraulic circuits in machine tools.08.manual and computer aided programming.Programming languages.pumps filters. CAD/CAM. adaptive control principles.8 CONTROLS IN MACHINE TOOLS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE-I Hydraulic control.analogue.Application of NC machines – Types of Numerical control. Study of their functional & design characteristic. MODULE-III Programming. ADAPT. Digital incremental and digital absolute. REFERENCES: 1. N. Rao. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Introduction to servo systemsmaintenance of hydraulic systems. NC Machines & CAM.APT. EXAPT. Machine Tools Design—Acherkan 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). C. P. Industrial Hydraulics. MODULE.Hydraulic principles.Information flow in NC machine toolInformation carriers.Pneumatic and hydro pneumatic circuits.II Numerical control: Introduction to numerical control.John Pippinger 2. K. valves.elements of hydraulic systems. N.interpolator – Measuring devices. seals. K. Design of systems for specific requirements. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

Flow diagram .at a variable thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel. Selection and Design.Thermal stresses Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels. John F. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. CBS Publishers and Distributors.Cylindrical shells. Harvey. Stanley. " Pressure Vessels. Module II Design of vessels : Design of tall cyclindrical self supporting process columns . 1987. Piping : Introduction .effect of supports on Elastic Buckling of cylinders .Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure . spherical shells. Bedner.Piping layout and piping stress Analysis. CBS Publishers and Distributors. 1987. Buterworths series in Chemical Engineering ". Wales. Henry H. 3. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 139 .Terminology and Ligament Efficiency Applications.9 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Methods for determining stresses . torispherical heads. 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.supports for short vertical vessels – stress concentration . elliptical openings. " Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels ".Control and significance of Fracture Mechanics in Vessels FEM application. M.08. " Chemical Process Equipment.Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading .collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure . cyclinder Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components . conical heads . Stresses in pressure vessels: Stresses in a circular ring.pressure vessel design. Theory of reinforcement . 1988. about a circular hole. Module III Bucking and fracture analysis in vessels : Buckling phenomenon .805. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Design Hand Book ". References: 1.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Tribology in Industry. use of restrict hydro static squeeze films . SenGupta and Ahuja. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 140 . Wear : Classification of wear – Theories of wear – Stages of Cohesive wear – Quantitative relationship for abrasive wear – Minor types of wear – Factors affecting wear . S. 2. Viscosity and Viscometers – Starsor Viscometer – Falling sphere viscometer – Saybelt Universal Viscometer – Viscosity index. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Sushil Kumar and Srivatsava.Chand Co. MODULE III Analysis of hydrostatic oil pads – Load carrying capacity – Oil flow – Power loss – Application to thrust bearing .B.08.. Fundamentals of Tribology. Majumdar .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TRIBOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Friction : Nature of surfaces – Mechanism of friction – Laws of friction and friction theories – Merits and demerits . Analysis and application of Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Load carrying capacity . power loss and friction in ideal journal bearings – Use of linkage factors – Significance of Sommerfeld number – Eccentricity ratio – Unit load References: 1. 3.C. Basu. MODULE II Lubrication : Role of lubrication in present day practice – Fundamentals of viscosity and viscous flow – Flow through capillary tubes – Parallel plates – Radial flow between parallel circular plates – Continuity equation and Raynold’s equation . PHI. Tribology University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.805. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. New Delhi. L. Techniques of Value Analysis and Value Engineering. 2000. DARSIRI. evaluation phase. Industrial cases Product manufacturing. Esteem value. Value Engineering is intensive cost search. team members. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 141 . role of creativity. Inventory Control and Logistics. Value Engineering prevents unnecessary uses of resources. investigation and implementation phase. A. principles of costing &cost estimation. Project work: work sheets. Semi – Automated production. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Value Engineering. Mumbai. examples on usage of these tools Module III Value Engineering cases: Value Engineering raises production and productivity. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. implementation and follow up. guidelines. 2. S. development and scope of value management.S. McGraw hill. selection and presentation. benefits. Iyer. FAST Diagram as a tool. Materials Management.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 VALUE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History. Creation. Jaico Publishing House. evaluation. information. Creation phase. 2001. functions and value-Basic functions. D. Module II Selection of project. cost worth model. Steps in value engineering process-preparation problem selection. Methodology. References: 1. Chemical processing. Secondary functions values-Use value. New Age International (P) Ltd. 2000. Automated Production. general phase. Cost value and Exchange value Costing Vs Value engineering. 3. information phase. Approaches-job plan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Basic concepts of value engineering. objectives. Miles . K. techniques.08.805. audit. Datta. value analysis. Checklist.

control models .testing workbenches ..quality control software measurement and metrics .scheduling .modular decomposition .quality planning .planning . project duration and staffing quality management . Narosa University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.change management .component-based development . Pressman R. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 142 .design patterns .process analysis and modeling .critical systems specifications critical system development .integration testing .professional and ethical responsibility . Software Engineering cycle models .software re-engineering .805. Software Engineering.evolution . & Hudson F.architectural design .software testing .project planning .object-oriented testing .critical systems ..iteration .system structuring .design principles .SRS .process and product quality .real time executives .interface evaluation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).management .software inspection . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.legacy systems .object models .an object oriented design process case study .productivity estimation techniques .process CMM configuration management . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks change .design with reuse .12 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .design evolution .S. Ian Sommerville.domain-specific architectures distributed systems architecture Module II Object-oriented design . Software Engineering. Jalote P.availability and reliability .verification and validation .system engineering process . Fundamentals of Software maintenance architectural evolution ..08.objects and classes .software requirements functional and non-functional requirements .user interface design . Oxford University Press 5.system design .CASE tools for configuration management References : 1.CASE workbenches Software prototyping .process measurement .context models behaviour models . Prentice Hall of India 4.system models .prototyping in the software process .user requirements . An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering.system building . McGraw Hill 3.quality assurance and standards .real-time software design .security .algorithmic cost modeling.requirements engineering processes . Dependability .process improvement .the people capability maturity model .rapid prototyping techniques .formal specification .automated static analysis .software cost estimation .clean room software development .group working .system requirements .risk management managing people .validation .FAQs about software engineering .critical system validation Module III Software evolution .specification .formal specification in the software process interface specification .data re-engineering Software project management .user interaction information presentation . Behferooz A.choosing and keeping people .planning .automated process support . Mall models .feasibility studies elicitation and analysis . Pearson Education Asia 2.user support .behaviour specification .application families .the software process .defect testing .system modelling .version and release management and implementation validation .

Joule Thomson expansion. Boll Jr University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Electric and magnetic properties –Cryogenic fluids and their properties. 1986 3. H. cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems: Cryogenic Storage vessels and Transportation.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE –I Introduction to Cryogenic Systems. J.Refrigerators using solids as working media. Adiabatic expansion. Types of heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems. Cryogenic Engineering.. Mechanical properties.Liquefaction systems for Neon.08. Thermal insulation and their performance at cryogenic temperatures. Cryogenic fluid transfer systems Pressure flow-level and temperature measurements. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Vacuum insulation. Food Processing. McGraw Hill. R.Thermal properties. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. Hydrogen and Helium – Critical components of Liquefaction systems. super Conductivity. Cryo pumping Applications.805. MODULE –III Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration systems. Super Insulations. Law temperature properties of engineering materials: MODULE –II Liquefaction systems ideal system. Cryogenic Engineering . 2. Cryogenic systems Randal F. Medicine. Magnetic Cooling. Historical development.–. Powder insulation.Barron. Claude & Cascaded System. Klaus D. New York.Timmerhaus and Thomas M. Electrical Power. Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space. Gas liquefaction systems: Introduction-Production of low temperaturesGeneral Liquefaction systems. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. B.Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant. References: 1. Scott 4.Flynn. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 143 . Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry. 1989. Biology. Linde Hampson Cycle. " Cryogenic Process Engineering " Plenum Press. Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials.

lung machine. different types . Biomechanics: Motion. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation . MODULE II Biodynamics:. John Wiley & Sons.Ratner and Hoffman. Academic Press Inc. and passive transducers. Dynamics and analysis of human locomotion. kidneys. B. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 7. Handbook of Biomedical Engineering. New Delhi. 4. Heart . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Guyton. Jacob Kline. EEG machine. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. John G. 8.principles.D. Academic Press. R.08.Webster.Mechanics of lower limb during standing and walking. polymers. 1990 3. Houghton Mifflin company. Leslie Cromwell. Medical instrumentation . immunology and compliment system. Fung. EMG machine.Different types of biomaterials . References 1.inflammation.Structure. Springer. composites..Pacemakers. Orthopaedic mechanics:. structural mechanics. Text book of Medical Physiology – C. New Delhi.S.14 BIO MEDICAL ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE I Human Anatomy & physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. Tata McGraw Hill. 5. M. ceramics. Reactions to biomaterials . D. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 144 .Flow stress and Growth. Biomedical lnstrumentation and Measurements rentice Hall of India. ECG machine. -. Material properties. joints.Cobbold. Electrical activity of heart.Weibell and Erich A.BP monitors. 2. MODULE III Biomaterials:. glasses. prostheses and orthotics. PH meter.Pferffer.Khandpur. An Introduction to Materials in Medicine.Application and Design. upper limb and Spine. Artificial bio-implants – Dental implants. glass ceramics. Transducers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Fred J. Principle of generation and propagation of Bioelectric potentials. Introduction (Brief description only) to Diagnosis and Therapeutic equipments: Diagnosis equipments . wound healing & foreign body response.C. implantable transducers. Mechanics of lower limb.805. Cartilage and synovial fluid. Therapeutic equipments .metals. 6.transducers for biological applications . New York. propagation of action potential through nerves. John C. Leads & Electrodes: Transducers . heart valves. Boston. Transducers for Biomedical Measurements. Defibrillator. properties and rheology of bone. conduction velocity and latency.

Warping on PCBs with metal heat sink-Chassis with Non uniform Wall Sections.15 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction to the modes of heat transfer -Conduction. Radiation Cooling of Electronics .Junction FET. Missiles.Heat Conduction through Sheet Metal Covers.Two-Dimensional Analog Resistor Networks Heat Conduction across Interfaces in Air .Circuit Board with an Aluminum Heat Sink Core.Cutoff Switches -High-Altitude Conditions -Conditioned Cooling Air from an External Source .805.Mounting Electronic Components on Brackets -Uniformly Distributed Heat Sources.Heat Conduction across Interfaces at High Altitudes -Outgassing at High Altitudes.cooling airflow curve-finned cold plates and heat exchangersfin efficiency factor—undesirable airflow reversals.Interconnects-ResistorsCapacitors -Inductors and Transformers-Thermal engineering software.Component Lead Wire Strain Relief Natural convection and radiation cooling: Natural Convection for Flat Vertical Plates -Natural Convection for Flat Horizontal Plates -Heat Transferred by Natural Convection -Turbulent Flow with Natural Convection -Finned Surfaces for Natural Convection Cooling .Steady State Heat Transfer. Microcomputers. Establishing the Flow Impedance Curve for an Electronic Box-Hollow Core PCBs Cooling Air Fans for Electronic Equipment -Air Filters. Mounting and cooling techniques for electronic components Various Types of Electronic Components on PCB .Transient Heat Transfer -Practical thermal resistances-Theoretical power dissipation in electronic componentsHeat generation in active Devices-CMOS Devices.Natural Convection Analog Resistor Networks -Natural Convection Cooling for PCBs -Natural Convection Coefficient for Enclosed Airspace -High-Altitude Effects on Natural Convection.Power MOSFET-Heat generated in passive devices.effect of altitude.Mounting High-Power Transistors on a Heat Sink Plate .08.air flow direction.Radiation Heat Transfer in Space –view factor -Effects of cy/e on Temperatures in Space -Simplified Radiation Heat Transfer Equation – Combining Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer -Equivalent Ambient Temperature for Reliability Predictions Module III Forced convection cooling: Forced Cooling Methods -Cooling Airflow Direction for Fans . and Microprocessors-Cooling Specifications for Electronics Specifying the Power Dissipation Module II Conduction cooling for chassis and circuit boards: Concentrated Heat Sources. Convection and Radiation. and Spacecraft Electronic Equipment for Ships and Submarines -Electronic Equipment for Communication Systems and Ground Support Systems -Personal Computers. Static Pressure Losses for Various Altitude Conditions -Total Pressure Drop for Various Altitude Conditions -Finned Cold Plates and Heat Exchangers 145 .Static Pressure and Velocity Pressure -Losses Expressed in Terms of Velocity Heads.flow impedance curve for electronics box.Mounting Components on PCBs . Satellites.Steady State Conduction.Electrically Isolating High-Power Components. Electronic Equipment for Airplanes.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Thermal management of electronic systems 5. Steinberg Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment. Sadik Kakac. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. Cooling : direct cooling and indirect cooling.K.Bardon. New York 6..Different Altitude and Power Conditions. H.. John Wiley & Sons. 7. References: 1. Tata McGraw Hill Inc. Frank P.heat sink. Holman J P. jet impingement cooling. Cooling of electronic systems 4.. J. Transient cooing: Simple Insulated Systems -Thermal Capacitance -Time Constant Heating Cycle Transient Temperature Rise -Temperature Rise for Different Time Constants -Cooling Cycle Transient Temperature Change Transient Analysis for Temperature Cycling Tests. Yunus A Cengel. McGraw Hill Inc. Nag P K.Hijikata. Ralph Remsberg.Sauliniar.Beyna.Pressure Losses in Multiple-Fin Heat Exchangers -Fin Efficiency Factor Undesirable Airflow Reversals -High-Power Cabinet Effects of Altitude on Heat Exchanger Performance . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Hijikata. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 146 . J. Dave S. John Wiley and sons 8. Dewitt. H.P. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Heat Transfer. heat pipe. Thermal design pf electronic equipment. Heat and Mass Transfer. Heat and Mass Transfer. Incropera and David P. New York. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. forced liquid system cooling.B. single axis and multi axis vibration. Inc 3. CRC Press LLC 2.E.Yuncu. solid state thermoelectric cooling. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach. spray coolingEnvironment stress screening techniques: damage during thermal cycling and vibration. orientation of circuit boards within the chassis.

Tensor Symmetry. Restrictions on Constitutive Equations from Invariance. Force and Moment Equilibrium. Conservation of Mass. Summation Convention.16 CONTINUUM MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module 1 Continuum Theory. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 147 L-T-D: 3-1-0 . Tensor Calculus. Heinbockel.Scalars. Linear Elasticity Elasticity. Reddy. Continuity Equation. Linear Momentum Principle. Superposition Principle. and Volume Integrals. Shaums outline. Vectors. First Course in Continuum Mechanics (1993) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.The Continuum Concept. Continuum mechanics for engineers. Deviator and Spherical Stress States. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Introduction to Tensor Calculus and Continuum Mechanics. 6. 2. Infinitesimal Deformation Theory. Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions. Deformation. Deformation Gradients. Mass Density. Configurations. Transformations of Cartesian Tensors. Tensor Algebra in Symbolic Notation. Y. Second-Order Tensors. T. Velocity Gradient. Constitutive Equations. Field Equations. Mase. Torsion. Octahedral Shear Stress Kinematics of Deformation and Motion .H. Hooke’s Law for Isotropic Media. Moment of Momentum (Angular Momentum) Principle. Rate of Deformation. Principal Stresses. E. G.08. Lagrangian Equations of Motion. Plane Stress. Stretch Ratios. Stress. Fung. Material Derivative of Line Elements. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Hooke’s Law.Balance Laws. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Strain Energy. 5. Material Derivatives of Line. ThreeDimensional Elasticity References: 1. Indicial Notation. The Piola-Kirchhoff Stress Tensors. --2nd ed. Law of Conservation of Energy. Constitutive Equations. Areas. Matrices and Determinants. J. Vorticity. Finite Strain Tensors. The Stress Tensor. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. and Motion. Sudhakar Nair. Elastic Constants. and Cartesian Tensors.Body and Surface Forces. Hooke’s Law for Anisotropic Media. J. Elastic Symmetry. Entropy and the Clausius-Duhem Equation. Linear Thermoelasticity. Material and Spatial Coordinates. Principal Values and Principal Directions of Symmetric.N. Stress Transformation Laws. Mohr’s Circles for Stress. Invariance. Continuum Mechanics Essential Mathematics . Tensor Fields. Principal Stress Directions. Continuum_Mechanics. Cauchy Stress Principle. Volumes Module 3 Fundamental Laws and Equations . Plane Elasticity. Isotropic Elastostatics and Elastodynamics. Mase & G.805. Restrictions on Elastic Materials by the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Maximum and Minimum Stress Values. Integral Theorems of Gauss and Stokes Module 2 Stress Principles .C. The Energy Equation. Airy Stress Function.Particles. Equations of Motion. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Surface. 4. The Displacement Field The Material Derivative. Stretch Tensors. Rotation Tensor.

Himalaya publishing House University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Opportunity identification and selection-concept generation-concept/project evaluationDevelopment-Launch (Brief description only) Module III Understanding brands: Brands vs.building branding strategies.types of brand awareness-Brand image-Brand identitybrand personality-brand positioning-creating core brand values-Bringing brand to life. products-Benefits of branding-brand attributes-significance of branding to consumers and firms. References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.portfolio analysis.selecting brand name. Donald Lehman: Product management.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCT AND BRAND MANGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Definition of a product. Product market strategies.brand extensions-branch licensing and franchising-global branding. Building. Brand awareness. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger : Product Design and development.Keller. Tata MacGraw Hill.Merie Crawford : New Product management.Market potential and demand forecasting. measuring and managing Brand equity.growing and sustaining brand equity-customer based brand equitysources of brand equity-managing brands. Kevin Lane : Strategic Brand management.-product concepts-product mix concepts-product classification Product planning: Marketing plan.product life cycle – product lifecycle stages and corresponding strategies Module II New product development-The challenges of product developmentIdentification of customer needs-Phages in product development. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 148 . Chunnawalla: Product Mmanagement. McGraw-Hill Irwin 2. 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Tata McGraw-Hill edition 5.805.08.

Coley. technical paper.M and Scheinberg C.types of research-research approaches – significance of research.interpretation of results Module III Report writing – types of report – research report .research methods Vs methodology – criteria for good research Defining research problem. 5. Leedy.805.types of analysis. Proposal writing.1994.MW Macmillan publishing company. practice.S.critical literature review – identifying gap areas from literature review Module II Research design–meaning of research design-need–features of good design.objectives of research-motivation in research.oral presentation – planning. 4 edition . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 149 .literature review – importance of literature review in defining a problem.H.18 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction – meaning of research. References: 1.important concepts relating to research design.questionnaire method – processing and analyzing of data. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Wordsworth Publishing Company.selecting the problem.simple exercises .necessity of defining the problem. Cambridge University Press . 4. NewburySage Publications. preparation.significance.P. 3.processing options.1989 “ How to write and publish a scientific paper”. research proposal.making presentation – answering questionsuse of visual aids-quality and proper usage-Importance of effective communication with illustrations. Practical research planning and Design.what is a research problem.different types – developing a research plan Method of data collection–collection of data. J. Earl Babbie . Ansari.observation methodinterview method. Day Ra.different steps in the preparation – lay out.08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A 1990 . structure and language of typical reports. Mahavir – ITPI Reading Material on Planning Techniques.D. The practice and Social Research. th 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

nanofluids: nanoparticles. MBE. Module II Fabrication methods: Top down and bottom up approaches-Top down processes: Milling.19 NANOTECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and scope-Classification of nanostructures: Quantum dots. changes to the system structures. nanomagnetic materials-magneto resistance. Diffraction Techniques-Spectroscopy Techniques – Raman Spectroscopy. mechanical. nanoclusters. Introduction to Nanotechnology. quantum wells. electrodeposition. Nano science and Technology. Module III Applications of Nanotechnology (nano materials and devices)-Applications of nanocomposites.nano sensors: order from chaos. Ian Hamley. nanostructured coatings. . Nanomaterials. Mark Geoghegan.S. New age international publishers 5. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Nanotechnology. W. pulsed laser methods. Jeremy Ramsden 6. Springer-Verlag. T Pradeep . characterization.Nano: The essentials . Nanobiosensors. MW. CVD. Nanoscale Science and Technology. Transmission Electron Microscopy. Bandyopdhyay. quantum wires. nanosensor based on quantum size effect. Bharat Bhushan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Electrochemical sensors. single molecular devices. Molecular motors and machines. Frank J Owens.Mechanical Properties-Magnetic and Thermal properties. colloidal and solgel methods Characterisation methods: General classification of characterization methods. John Wiley and Sons. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). machining process. super lattices. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 150 .Carbon nanotubes: SW.nano computers. Nanotechnology.Effect of Nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. John Mongillo. PVD.Muralidharan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. molecular devices. nanocrystalline materials-Effects of nanometer length scale – Changes to the system total energy. thermophysical properties of nanofluids in comparison with base fluid. Gregory Timp. 9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology. magnetic. smart dust. preparation of nanofluids.K. McGraw – Hill education 3.Bottom up processes: Vapour phase deposition methods. chemical.08. Greenwood Press 4. Surface analysis and depth profiling. 8.nanomachines: covalent and non covalent approaches. chemical methods. nanotubes.nanofilters References: 1. nanolayered structures. nanocrystalline materials. V. Lithographics. optical and electronic properties. Ane books Pvt Ltd 2 .nanoswitches .Kelsall Robert. Sensors based on physical properties.805. practical problems with molecular device. A Subramnya. A. Wiley Eastern 7. thermal. Atomic Force Microscopy. Charles P Poole. perception. Nano Technology. plasma assisted deposition process. Microscopy techniques: Scanning Electron Microscopy.

Judge 4.simple carburettor – modern carburettors. (Asia Publishing House). Engines: Component details – engine parts – cylinder head – cylinder block – piston – piston rings – connecting rod – crank shaft – valve actuating mechanism – combustion chambers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. layout of chasis. Station Abby. I & II. sliding mesh and synchro mesh gear boxes – over drives – rear wheel and four wheel drives – universal joint – rear axles. CRDI. H. Fuel systems: Fuel pump . Modern Transmission System.W. 6.fuel filter . rigid axle and independent suspensions – anti-roll bar –coil spring and leaf spring – torsion bar – Macpherson struct shock absorber – steering geometry – caster-camber.West Press Pvt. vacuum and air brakes – antilock braking systems. toe-out. Automotive Emission Control. Madras. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution.Vol. toe-in. Types of wheel: Integrated rim – flat base rim alloy wheel – wheel balancing. Delhi.805. References: 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Petrol injection – MPFI. Ltd. Ignition system: Classification – battery ignition – electronic ignition – starter mechanism – solenoid switch – bendix drives. Automotive Mechanics. Obert. types of drives of automobile. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 151 . Kirpal Singh. W. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module III Steering and suspension: Different steering mechanisms – power steering – suspension systems – front axle. Gear box: Principle and necessity of manual gear box – constant mesh. 3. hydraulic. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Practical Automobile Engineering. Brakes: Mechanical. Lubrication system: Pressurised systems – SAE classification of lubricating oil – oil filter – oil pump. 2. Joseph Hietner. Edward F. A. Standard Publishers Distributors. Tyres: Tubeless tyres – ply ratings – radial tyres. Crouse 5. East. Cooling system: Methods of cooling – coolant types. Module II Transmission: Clutch – single and multi-plate clutches – centrifugal clutches – fluid couplings..20 AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (P) Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History and General classification of automobiles. Automobile Engineering.08.

modified hot gas corrosion. “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”. Pilling. USA. 1996.H. 5. Butterworths. REFERENCES: 1. USA. ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth. temperature and strain rate. American Society for Metals. Bressers. Hertzberg R.08. TCP phase. USA. Module III Super alloys and other materials: Iron base. solidification of single crystals. “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 2. precipitation hardening by gamma prime. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Intermetallics. “Stress Analysis for Creep”. “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”.T. 3. cleavage fracture. hardening. various stages of creep. fracture maps for different alloys and oxides. 1981. “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”.defect structure and control of oxidation by alloy additions. Applied Science. R. UK. solid solution strengthening. McGraw-Hill. USA. W... Courtney T. “Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”. Module II Fracture: Various types of fracture. metallurgical factors influencing various stages. expressions of rupture life of creep. methods of combat hot corrosion. Design for creep resistance: Design of transient creep time. Oxidation and hot corrosion: Oxidation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 4th Edition. embrittlement. The Metals Society. 4. grain boundary strengthening. brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature. fluxing mechanisms. John Wiley. strain hardening. effect of stress. 1983.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 152 . 1985. interaction of hot corrosion and creep. ductile and brittle materials. Raj. kinetic laws of oxidation. definition of creep curve. 1985. 1990. Nickel base and Cobalt base super alloys. high temperature ceramics.805. hot gas corrosion deposit. Bedworth ratio. Boyle J. 6. J.21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS Credits : 4 Module I Creep: Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures. effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion. composition control.. McLean D. Monkman-Grant relationship. Spencer J. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

M. Health. Butterworth-Heinemann. in industrial safety . Fifth Edition. Trivandrum. Prentice Hall. Occupational diseases. Safety in Industrial pollution and control – working at height. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Module II Operational safety (Hot Metal Operation): Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers..ISBN: 0138965153 3.rolling – forging .08. 4. John Ridley. N. 6. Prentice Hall. REFERENCES: 1. stress. 5th Edition. 2003 . P. The Acts which deal the safety and industrial hygiene: Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – ergonomics. fatigue.Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) . “Occupational safety manual” – BHEL.Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes. “Occupational Safety Management and Engineering”.V. Krishnan. safety and the physical environment. Education and training in safety – prevention causes and cost of accident. “Safety in Industry”.Code and regulations for worker safety and health. 2000 .machining shop – drilling – polishing machine – safety in assembly shop – material handling – dock safety – safety in generation and distribution of power – distribution and handling of industrial gases – safety in inspection – safety in chemical laboratories – ammonia printing – safety in power press – safety in sewage – disposal and cleaning. House keeping – first aid – fire fighting equipment – Accident reporting – investigations. Ray Asfahl C. Willie Hammer. Operational safety (cold metal operation): Safety in handling of portable power tools – hand grinder .. John Channing.surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling. Industrial psychology in accident prevention – safety trials. “Safety Law For Occupational Health and Safety”.22 L-T-D: 3-1-0 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to the development of industrial safety and management . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 153 . Nair Publishers. 5th edition.C. “Industrial safety and the law”.History and development of Industrial safety – implementation of factories Act – formation of various council – safety and productivity – safety organizationssafety committees – safety committees structure – roll of management and roll of Govt. ISBN: 075064559 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Engineering methods of controlling chemical hazards.805. 1999. Module III Accident prevention and protective equipments: Personal protective equipment – survey the plant for locations and hazards – part of body to be protected. 1998. “Industrial Safety and Health Management”. Jaico publishers House – 1996 5. safety and the physical environment: Control of industrial noise and protection against it.ISBN: 0131423924 analysis. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

Dieter. Design Engineering-John R. mathematical modeling and computer simulation. Richard Morris. The design Process. Mc Graw Hill. Reliability theory. Techniques for failure analysis.805. Morphology of Design. value analysis. Shigley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Probabilistic approach to design. design examples. Module-III Economic decision making.Steps. sensitivity and break even analysis. recording of results and writing technical reports. Design for assembly. how to price a product. Engineering Design. Cost evaluation. simple design examples. Nondestructive testing methods. categories of cost. Design for reliability. Mathew Philip. Design for welding. cost models Failure analysis. Design for Machining. Evaluation methods for materials. Causes of failures.FDM. Material selection process. George E. Design for brittle fracture and fatigue fracture. design for corrosion resistance. Design for Casting. designing with plastics. inflation. Ethics in Engineering. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Methods of optimum design Module-II Material selection. Communicating the design. optimization.08. profitability. weighted property index.Dixon 4. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 154 . The Engineering Profession. method of developing cost estimates.A Materials and Processing Approach. Creative problem solving and decision making. Performance characteristics of materials. search methods. Product Life Cycle. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. cost comparison. cost versus performance relations.FEM . Chris Rose Elsevier Science and Technology books 3. depreciation. Modeling and simulation. Design Drawings. visual aids and graphics. Failure modes. review of CAD.23 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING DESIGN Credits : 4 Module-I Engineering activities. Mechanical Engineering Design. Role of processing in design. linear programming. life cycle costing. residual stresses in design. REFERENCES 1. Design Engineering Harry Cather.

Connecting rods and crankshafts . TATA McGraw Hill Publications. Agricultural Implements: Working attachment of tractors . MIR.Classification . Rodichev and G.Farm equipment .Basic engine performance characteristics.Safety rules.Main components of tractor .Auxiliary equipment .Air cleaner and turbo charger Fuel tanks and filters . Lambert Henry. steering clutch and braking system in crawler tractors. rims and tyres and accessories of wheeled tractors. hydraulic control system. tractor stability and ride characteristics Layout of crawler tractors. Moscow. Smith .Classification . crawler details .Farm tractors. MODULE II Power Plant in Tractors: Engine cycles – Operation of multicylinder engines General engine design .Valve mechanism components Cooling system .Components. 1975 4.Tractors.Fuel pumps.Trailers and body tipping mechanism.Liquid cooling system . . 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Kolchin. basic rules for matching machines. Maskovin.Engine balancing Construction and operation of the valve mechanism . Geleman and M. L-T-D: 3-1-0 3.Demidov " Design of Automotive engines for tractor ". MI1R Publishers Moscow. Guruvech and B. selection based on haul distance. power transmission.Farm machinery and equipment. power take off. selection of equipments including the nature of operating selection based on the type of soil. MIR Publishers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Lubricating system servicing and troubles .A. Publishers. methods of selection of equipments. brakes and braking system..Rodicheva.24 TRACTORS & FARM EQUIPMENTS Credits : 4 MODULE I General Design of Tractors: Classification of tractors .08. 1977 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. wheels. Layout of wheeled tractor. steering system. Harris Pearson & Wilkes. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 155 . Cylinder and pistons . 1987. 1972. selection of machines. selection based on weather conditions. Sorekin. References: 1. MIR Publishers. . and V. " Tractor and Automobiles ". A.805. 1975 5. MODULE III Control System of Tractors: Power transmission. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.

z-80 and mc 6800 mpu and its pin function .I. driver information systems). References: 1. SAE Transactions. Ramesh. Applications data acquisitions . Elsevier science publishers.S.programmed i/o . III Edition. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.temperature control .stepper motor control automotive applications engine control. code conversion using look up tables . New Delhi. " Automotive Micro Electronics ".interrupt driven i/o. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd.multiple precision addition and subtraction .. 8279. L. 2. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Data transfer schemes interrupt structure . 1986. " Introduction to Microprocessors ". development of a high speed.instruction set of 8085 mpu-t-state . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.bcd to binary and binary to bcd.assembly directive . New Delhi... 6. Jabez Dhinagar. octal latches and tristate buffers . 1986.. high precision learning control system for the engine control. MODULE . led' s rom and ram interfacing. Goankar. MODULE -II Assembly language programmimg construct of the language programming assembly format of 8085 .I Architecture general 8 bit micropocessor and its architecture 8085.Labella. " Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control ". 4. Tata McGraw-Hill.different machine cylces . " Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications". 1986 Sec 3.fetch and execute operations . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08.timing diagrams . multiplication. Ahson.architecture .stack and subroutines.S.P. 3. New Delhi. suspension system control.serial i/o. 1986.input / output ports 8212.S.. Aditya. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 8255. 5.25 EMBEDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE .Mathur.Bianco and A.estimation of execution times. 8251.805. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 156 . dma .machine cycle and instruction cycles . " Microprocessor Application in Automoblies ".function of different sections. division. 1989. Instruction set instruction format .addressing modes .III Interfacing devices types of interfacing devices .a/d and d/a converters switches.

Chilton Book Co.. " Torque converter ". " Automobile Chassis Design ".N. Clutch torque capacity of clutch. llliffe Books Ltd.moments and stresses on frame members. Steeds. 4. choice of bearings. 6.. Giles.III Gear box computer aided design of three speed and four speed gear boxes. " Suspension and tyres ". llliffe Books Ltd. determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings. 7.M. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. . New York.08. " Mechanics of Road vehicles ". Dean Averns. design details of full floating.semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. llliffe Books Ltd. computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicle . " Automobile Mechanics ". " Automotive Chassis ".computer aided design of leaf springs . 1990. Khanna Publisher...I Vehicle frame and suspension study of loads . Steeds & Garret. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. New Delhi. computer aided design of clutch components. 5.805.J..M. design details of final drive gearing. London. design details of roller and sprag type of clutches.K. References: 1.G. New York.. wheel spindle bearings. llliffe Books Ltd. MODULE .26 COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN Credits : 4 MODULE . Drive line and read axle computer aided design of propeller shaft.. Chilton Co. Heldt. Heldt. 1992. Newton. determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering. 1992.. Giri. 1982. Steering.W.coil springs and torsion bar springs. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1988. 3.P.P. " Motor vehicle ". MODULE -II Front axle and steering systems analysis of loads . 1982. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 157 .moments and stresses at different sections of front axle. 2. London. London.

thrust power and efficiencies of turbojet engine. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Types. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 158 . Module II Turbojet engine components. Selection. Ramjet. Scramjet. Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionG. electrical nuclear and solar rockets. Comparative study of performance characteristics applications. properties and specifications. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of propulsion3. Solid propellants.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROPULSION ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module. turbofan. Sutton Hill and Peterson Mathur and Sharma University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Pulsejet and Rocket engines. Theory of propulsion – Thrust. Turboprop. P. Starting and ignition – Precautions in propellant handling. Flight Testing. Igniters liquid propellants. Rocket Testing. Rocket propulsion.air intakes.806.Typical fuels and oxidizers. Module.III Chemical Rockets. Measurement System Terminology.grain Configurations. References.Classification.Classification types of propulsive devicesAirscrew. Rocket Propulsion elements2.Control of instabilities – Cooling of Rocket motors Flight Performance. Liquid propellant feed systems injectors. turbines.ELECTIVE V 08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.burning rate. Combustion chambers.I Fundamentals of Propulsion. Turboshaft. Turbojet. Performance parameters for chemical rockets and their relationship.Hybrid Rockets combustion processes in SPR and LPR combustion instability.general operating principles of chemical.Test facilities and safeguards. nozzles turbine and compression matching – Thrustaugumentation. simple problems. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Thermodynamics analysis of turbojet engine cycle. Compressors. Energy and efficiencies. 1.Classification.Velocity and attitude in simplified vertical Refractory staging of rockets.

Fruit Juice Concentrates and Bakery products. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Railway refrigerated cars. Elementary ideas of the controls used in chilled water plants. Refrigerated trucks. Refrigeration in chemical Industry. Relation between air velocity and freezing time. Control systems diagram. Theaters. Design of cold storage and frozen stores . Automobile air conditioning Air conditioning for Aircrafts. Heating and ventilating control.2 INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION Credits : 4 Module I Brief Review of the methods of refrigeration – Air vapor compression and vapor absorption refrigeration systems. Temperature – Time graph of Freezing process. Eggs. Methods of Food Preservation :Microbiology of foods. Heating and cooling loads. Review of the components of a vapor compression system.(3 Volumes) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. printing plants. Poultry.806. Duct sizing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. storage and distribution of chilled and frozen foods. duct work design – variation of air pressure along a duct. single duct variable air temperature and volume controls. Principles of Refrigeration – Dossat 2.08. System Design – Ventilation requirements. Dairy products. Vegetables. Refrigeration in Air transport. Textile processing etc. marine refrigeration. trailers and containers. References 1. ships and in space crafts. Food storage requirement. Drying during constant and falling the above periods. frozen storages. Cold storage. ASHRAE Date Book. Refrigerated warehouse . Fish. Heat velocity of foods. Such as Meat. Theories and methods of chilling and freezing. Laboratories. Beverage Products. Relation between moisture content and time. Calculation of freezing time. Introduction to Automatic control systems – components of control systems. Module III Industrial Air conditioning – for different type of Buildings – Hospitals. Fruits. Refrigeration load in freezers. Module II Processing. Computer Centre . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 159 . Plant air flow design.

definition of quality. McGraw-Hill L. LTPD.Gupta.C. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).O.. Khanna Publishers Besterfield D.08. Prentice Hall 8. “Inspection Quality Control and Reliability”. 2. Reliability improvements – techniques. 5. mean time to failure.C. P. parallel and mixed configuration – simple problems.T.Srinath. benefits and limitation of SQC. 4.. R chart and σ chart. Economics of inspections . AOQL concepts-standard sampling plans for AQL and LTPD. Grant.D.S. John Wiley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. multiple sampling techniques – The Operating characteristic curve– producer’s Risk and consumer’s Risk. Formulation of Inspection lots and selection of samples.L “Statistical Quality Control”. double. “Statistical Quality control”. “Statistical Quality Control”.Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single.factors – process capability – process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart. Module II The concept of Acceptance sampling. Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart – control chart for defects – C and U charts.uses of standard sampling plans. Connor. 3. mean time between failure.H. “Reliability Engineering”. Quality cost-Variation in process. 6. Eugene . “Quality Control”. Danny Samson.uses of control chart – Control chart for variables – X chart. 1. series. basic concept of quality. Quality assurance. Minimum inspection per lot.806. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product development – Product life cycles. References. system reliability. Mean failure rate.3 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module 1 Credits : 4 Introduction. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 160 . hazard rate. Khanna Publishers 7. Module III Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis. Prentice Hall Sharma S. AQL. Affiliated East west press Monohar Mahajan. definition of SQC. Dhanpat Rai & Sons R. “Manufacturing & Operations Strategy”.. Maintainability and availability – simple problems. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “ Practical Reliability Engineering”. State of control and process out of control identification in charts.

Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1.Sukatme.A Basic Guide. Second Edition. G. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. McGraw Hill Book Co. " Cooling Tower ". D.Hewitt and N. 1997. Plate type evaporators. John Wiley & Sons. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 161 L-T-D: 3-1-0 . 3. New Delhi. Selection of pumps.Kern. Module III Design of Evaporators: Design of Shell and Tube. Cooling Towers : Packing. New York.F. " Industrial Heat Exchangers " . 7.P. London. TEMA standards University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1981. Regenerators and Recuperators.Industrial Applications. 2. 5. Ann Arber Science pub. 1980.Q. T. Counter flow and parallel flow. Types of failures. Tata McGraw Hill..Frass. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Edition. " Heat Exchanger Design ".4 DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT Credits : 4 Module I Classification and General features of heat Exchangers. 6. Computation of total pressure drop of shell side and tube side for both baffled and unbaffled types – Pressure drop in pipes and pipe annulusThermal Stress in tubes. Module II Design of double pipe Exchanges – Shell and tube pipe exchangers – The tubular element – Tube pitch – Shells – Tube sheet – Baffles – Tube sheet layout and tube counts (tube matrix) – V-band Exchangers – Shell side film coefficients – Shell side mean velocity – Shell side Equivalent diameter – The true temperature difference in 1-2 Exchanger – Shell side and tube side pressure drips – Fouling factors – Design of a shell and type – Type 1 Exchangers – Extended surface exchangers – Design of a Finned type double pipe exchanger – Longitudinal Fins and Transverse fin. Spray design.. Fans and Pipes. Experimental Methods. Arthur P.Taborek. Temperature distribution and its implications. 4. Effectiveness. Testing and Maintenance. 1992.. A Text book on Heat Transfer – S. Holger Martin. 1996. Theory and Pratice.08. Channel divergence. " Heat Exchangers ". Nicholas Cheremisioff. Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD). Walker. " Process Heat Transfer ". Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. Overall heat transfer co-efficient. Pressure loss. 1980. McGraw Hill Book Co. Friction factor. NTU – Effectiveness– Calculation of heat transfer area by different methods – Caloric or average fluid temperature – The pipe wall temperature. Effect of Turbulence. Condensers – Condensation of a single vapour –Dropwise and film wise condensation – Process applications – Condensation on a surface – Development of equation for calculation – Comparison between horizontal and vertical condensers – The allowable pressure drop for a condensing vapour – Influence of impurities on condensation – Condensation of steam – Design of a surface condenser – Different types of boiling .Afgan " Heat Exchangers ".806.

testing . 4. Module III Design of proto type . Allahabad.Patent search . 5. Prentice Hall research introducing new products." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .R.5 CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The process of technological innovation .Khandwalla . Module II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques). P. 1992. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1997.N. " New Product Planning ". Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Patent laws . 2. 1992. Bulletins.creativity and problem solving .different techniques. Creative design .08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. TIFAC. New Delhi.806. Research and new product development .quality standards . " Managing technological innovation". Harry Nystrom. John Wiley & Sons.cost evaluation .. Brain Twiss. 1979. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 162 .Watton. Harry B. Pitman Publishing Ltd.International code for patents .P.Wheeler Publishing ".factors contributing to successful technological innovation . " Creativity and innovation".Selection criteria . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Testing . 1992.Patent application References: 1. I..the need for creativity and innovation .brain storming .Patents .Intellectual property rights (IPR).Model Preparation .

Material handling devices used in stores – Application of Computers in Material handling – Design of informatic systems for procurement and storage using computer. Store and Material control – Receipts and issues – Stores Record. Coverage analysis in Material management.Shah . VED. Exponentially weighed smoothening. Price breaks and quantities – Effects of variations in lead-time and demand.P.Starr & Miller . Introduction to JIT philosophy – Features and impact in Materials Management. REFERENCES 1.Bnchan & Kbenigsberg . Development of simple Computer Programme for forecasting. Methods and principles of Storing and retrieving items. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Correction for fluctuations. The need for the integrated approach in Material management Demand forecasting – Various qualitative and quantitative methods of demand forecasting – Different type of averaging. Materials Management 4. Inventory Management 3.Tershine L-T-D: 3-1-0 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.6 COMPUTERIZED MATERIALS MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 MODULE .I Introduction to Materials management – Importance of material management and its role in industries. Classification systems and selective Inventory control – ABC. Delphi and other Group techniques. MODULE . Integrated Material management 5. Development of Computer Programme for forecasting.08. Make or buy decisions – Materials Requirements Planning Concept. Effects of shortage cost on EOQ. Time series analysis. Scientific Inventory Management 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 163 . methods and illustration examples. Principles of Inventory management . 3-D approaches. and MUSIC. Inventory costs and EOQ model.II Inventory control – Basic methods in Inventory – Assumptions used in deriving models. HML.M .R.Gopalakrishnan . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Development of Computer Programme for ABC analysis – Codification and standardization Systems and Techniques. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Systems of Inventory control. Techniques and materials. Design of Inventory control systems. Effects in Cost.806. Use of Indian Standards for Vendor rating. MODULE -III Vendor rating and source selection. FSN. Purchasing – Purchase organization – legal aspects of buying – Purchase Procedure.

. mode. “Random Vibration in Mechanical Systems”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. John Wiley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.probability density and distribution functions . Rice S.7 RANDOM VIBRATIONS Credits : 4 Module I Basic probability concepts .De Morgan’s rule . characteristic functions and log characteristic functions. & Mark W. white noise) . Random Variables And Stochastic Processes”.G. McGraw Hill.H.Bayes’ theorem .Wiener-Khintchine equations . “Random Data Analysis And Measurement Procedure”. Crandall S. Bendat & Piersol. skewness and kurtosis) .806. “Stochastre Analysis of Structural & Mechanical Vibration”..joint properties of stationary random processes . Over Publications 7.Venn diagram .gamma distribution . Vol. variance.cross-correlation functions for linear systems . median. “Stochestic Process & Random Vibration.simple events and combination of events .weakly stationary and strongly stationary random processes . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 164 .normal distribution standard normal distribution .D...ergodic random processes . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).S. “Probability Theory In Structural Dynamics”. wide band.elements of set theory .response of a single degree of freedom system to random excitation .mutually exclusive events and collectively exhaustive events .beta distribution .introduction .moment generating functions.ensemble averages and correlation functions time averages and correlation functions . McGraw Hill 4. Ang A.H. Inc. Prentice Hall. “Elements of Vibration Analysis”.impulse response and frequency response function as Fourier transform pair .properties of autocorrelation functions . Wiley Inter Science. Shahram Sarkoni.contour integration . Kogakusha Ltd.joint probability distribution of two random variables .extreme value distributions .single function of multiple random variables .K.lognormal distribution . John Wiley 2. I. 9..H.negative binomial distribution . “Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design”..geometric distribution .Fourier transforms .binomial distribution . & Tang W.joint and conditional probability distributions .absolute moments and central moments . coefficient of variation..introduction . in “Selected Papers on Noise and Stochastic Processes”.multiple functions of multiple random variables moments of functions of random variables Module II Random processes .theorem of total probability . John Wiley 5.hypergeometric distribution . Useful probability distributions .08. McGraw Hill 3.joint properties of ergodic random processes .covariance and correlation mean and variance .level crossing .Poisson process and Poisson distribution . of spectral density functions .response of a linear system function to stationary random excitation . Academic Press 8.power spectral density functions . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks and probability .Rayleigh distribution Module III Response to random excitations .functions of single random variable .spectral classification of random processes (narrow band.statistical independence . Lin Y.response of one dimensional continuous systems to random excitations References: 1. standard deviation.expected frequency and amplitude of narrow band Gaussian processes .probability distribution and probability distribution and probability density of discrete and continuous random variables main descriptors of a random variable (mean. “Mathematical Analysis Of Random Noise”. Lutes L. Papoulies A.response of multi-degree of freedom system to random excitations . Jullius Solnes. “Probability. Meirovitch L.definition of a random variable .basic axioms of probability conditional probability .D.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Linkage Design .806. Kinematics of Mechanism .08.Rosenouver and Willis 2.8 ADVANCED KINEMATICS OF MACHINES Credits : 4 MODULE I Kinematics Pairs : Classifications of kinematics pairs – Number of points of support in a plane – Subdivision of higher pairs – Kinematics chains – Classification of Kinematics chains – Coupler curves : Definition and Equation – Roberts law – Cognate linkages – Cognate of the slider crank – Double points of a coupler curve – Coupler curve atlas . MODULE III Kinematics chains of n-links : Number of lines of centres – Kinematics chains with constrained motion – Minimum number of hinges in one link in a closed chain with constrained motion – General analysis of Kinematics chains – Transformation of kinematics chain by the use of higher hinges – Replacement of turning pairs by sliding pairs – Criterion of constrained motion for Kinematic chain with higher pairs . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 165 . REFERENCES 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. An Introduction to the Synthesis of mechanism : Two position of link – Three position of a link – The pole triangle and practical application.Jr. Analytical Design of 4 bar Mechanism for co-ordinated motion of the crank: Fneuden – Steins equations – Sample design – Three co-ordinate crank position – Co-ordinates of the crank velocities and derivatives – Design of a four bar mechanism for constant angular velocity ratio of the cranks – Choice of knecesion points . MODULE II The Euler – Savarg equation and its graphical representation – Determination of the Centre of Curvature of the path of a point – Euler savarg equation for points between the instantaneous centre and the inflexion point – General form of the Euler – Savarg equation – Relation between the position of a point in the movable plane and the centre of the curvature of its path – The inflection circle – Envelops and generation curves – Transformation of Euler – Savarg equation – Graphical construction – Construction of the inflexion centre if the centre of the curvature of both centrodes are known .

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Introduction - finance and related disciplines scope of financial management functions - objectives of financial management - an overview on Indian financial system Financial analysis - financial statement analysis - ratio analysis Module II Statement of change in financial position - working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature - evaluation techniques - traditional technique discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR) Module III Working capital: nature - determinants - computation of working capital Sources of corporate finance - capital market - stock exchanges - equity debt - other financial instruments - foreign investments and financing sources - Euro currency market, Euro issues, GDR, ADR etc. References: 1. Khan & Jain, "Financial Management", TMH 2. Prasanna Chandra, "Financial Management", TMH 3. Shapiro A.C., "Modern Corporate Finance", Max well Macmillan 4. Brealey & Onyers, "Principles of corporate Finance”, McGraw Hill 5. Pandey I.M., "Financial Management", Vikas publisher University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Introduction Computer technology hardware - types of memory input/output devices – software - mini/micro computers and programmable controllers - computer aided design - fundamentals of CAD - the design process - application of computers for design - manufacturing data base. Numerical control of machine tools- basic components of NC systems - NC coordinate systems - motion control system - application of numerical control NC part programming - punched tape - tape coding and format - manual part programming - computer assisted part programming - APT language - NC programming with interactive graphics Module II Manufacturing systems - development of manufacturing system - components of FMS - FMS work station - Job coding and classification - group technology - benefits of FMS - tools and tooling - machining centres - head indexers pallets - fixtures - work handling equipments - system storage - automated guided vehicles - industrial robots - programming of robots - assembly & inspection Module III Flexible manufacturing system management - FMS control software manning of FMS - tool management - controlling precision - simulation and analysis of FMS - approaches to modelling for FMS - network simulation simulation procedure - FMS design - economics of FMS - artificial intelligence References : 1. Groover M.P. “Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India 2. Groover, Emory & Zimmers, “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India 3. Joseph Talavage & Hannam, “Flexible Manufacturing Systems in Practice”, Marcel Dekker Inc. 4. Kant Vajpayee, “Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India. 5. Yoram Koren, “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”, McGraw, Hill Book Company. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


L-T-D: 3-1-0


Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to CFD, Historical background, applications, advantages. Basic steps of CFD. Meshes, Structured and unstructured mesh, Classification of structured grids. Governing equations: continuity and momentum equations. Equation of transport of a scalar. Potential, Euler and Navier-Stokes equations. - Steady and unsteady flows. Typical boundary conditions such as Dirichlets and Neumann conditions. TDMA method., Numerical problem up to four unknowns using TDMA. Module II Cell centered finite volume discretisations of terms of governing equations such as time derivative, convective and diffusion. Analytical solution of a onedimensional convection diffusion equation. Upwind, central and blended difference approximations for convection term, QUICK scheme. Implicit, explicit and Crank-Nicolson schemes. Characteristics of turbulent flow, Eddy diffusivity, Turbulent Kinetic energy and dissipation rate. Turbulence models: Baldwin-Lomax and k-ε models only. Near wall treatments and wall functions. Module III Pressure-velocity decoupling for incompressible flows - SIMPLE and PISO algorithms. Density based solutions for compressible flow, TVD and Van-leer schemes for compressible flow. Typical results of CFD analysis. Stream lines, method for generating stream line, velocity contours and pressure contours, Method of drawing a velocity vector. Solution of Lagrangian coordinates of a fluid particle. Commerical CFD packages. References: 1. Patankar Suhas V., “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”, Taylor & Francis 2. Versteeg H.K. & Malalasekera W., “An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics” Longman 3. Fletcher C.A.J., “Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics I, Springer Verlag 4. Anderson Dale A., Tannehill John C. & Pletcher Richard H., “Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer”, Taylor & Francis University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Introduction to technology assessment . cost benefit analysis and formal models – Case studies – (Suggested projects : To be a TA project relevant to the Kerala context) REFERENCES 1. Mc Graw Hill 2. constraints and scales – intensive and extensive micro variables – The inertia of trend curves . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 169 .metaphors and structural models – Phenomenological models – Operational models and simulations . Philosophical and cultural factors – Political and international factors – Military and strategic posture – Macro economics – Micro economics – Communications and social feed back – Technological diffusion and innovation .08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Selected readings on Technology assessment – IIT Bombay and Dept. Dimensions of technological change : Intellectual . MODULE II Forecasting techniques Morphological analysis : Analysis of functional capabilities . Technology forecasting . of Science and Technology. Epistemology of forecasting : Nature of technological change – ontological and teleological views – Types of forecasts – Exploratory projections – Target projections – Validity criteria . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.806. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Rober U Ayres . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Morphological analysis of future words – Network methods . systems analysis . New Delhi. TA and its relevance – History of TA in Government and Industry – Steps in TA – The MITRE Methodology – Brief review of techniques which can be used in TA including cross impact analysis . MODULE III Policy and strategic planning : Planning as tool for forecasting – Policy – Planning methods – Strategic planning methods – Cast effectiveness – PPOS – Demand oriented planning – Operations analysis and systems analysis .12 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TECHNOLOGY FORECASTING Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction and Historical Background – Examples of notable successes and failures. Heuristic forecasts : Extrapolation of dependant variables and constrained variables – analogies . Intuitive methods – Forecasting by experts – Structured interactions – Man – machine interactions. Trend extrapolation : Curve fitting – Envelops .

Development of System Profiles. Software.Security. 2. Structured analysis. Identify Data and Information Produced. Tata Mc Graw Hill 6.Hardware. Laudon and Jane P. Data dictionary. Information Systems – A Management Perspective – Steven Alter. System control. Laudon.Challenges of Information Systems Contemporary approach to Information systems . Costbenefit analysis. Types of Communication Channels. System analysis. Channel configurations. 7. Identifying areas for system study. Murdick and Ross University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.G Jr and Others.806. System concept: Organisation as a system. Output system design. System analysis completion report. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 170 .DSS and ESS. Need for System analysis.Burch John. Channel sharing devices. Management Information Systems-James A O’Briean. People and Procedures -Data Communication networkModems. MODULE III System Design.S. Tools for determining System requirement. Gordon B Davis.System Implementation and control .13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to Information Systems . Kenneth C. structure and Development. Database. Input design and control. Management Information Systems : Conceptual Foundations. John wiley &Sons 5.The strategic role of information in Organisational Management. Role of System Analyst in Data processing and User departments.Computer based Information Systems . Information technology Infrastructure. McGraw Hill 3.A. OAS. Information Systems theory And Practice.Detection of errors – verification and validating. Fact finding. Activities in requirement determination.08. Documentation. Interviewing staff. Technical foundations of information systems MODULE II System Development – system development life cycle – structured methodologies – Prototyping – CASE methodology. Prentice-Hall 4.System Investigation. 1999. Marketing Information System. Feasibility study. Information Systems for Modern management. Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm. TPS. 2002. tools for Documenting procedures and Decisions. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Structured system design. Types of networks. Pearson education. MIS. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Computers and Information Systems – Robert . inspection of Documents. Data structure diagram.Types and examples of Information systems.testing –Software quality assurance-software metrics. REFERENCES 1. structure chart. Documentation tools. Addison Wesley. System Development. Application of Information Systems: Accounting Information systems and Financial Information System. Coding techniques. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Flow charts. File and data base design. Banking Information Systems. Data flow diagram. Project selection.

sequencing. priority rules for dispatching jobs. methods. disaggregation techniques. Production and Operations Management – Buffa – John Wiley & Sons 4. distribution inventory systems.basic models. KANBAN system. White and J. MRP concepts and advantages.bill of material.08. stock out situations. and seasonality components. Office. shop loading. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 171 . aggregate planning strategies.definition.MRP and MRP II. Estimation of trend. and software packages. joint determination of Q and R. Job Shop production activity planning:. mathematical programming and heuristics. Basic inventory models:.. Capacity planning and control. Line balancing methods. Long and Short-term demand forecasting methods. multi item forecasting. Module II Design of layout of factories. Storage area etc.Exchange curves. Inventory systems under risk:. cycle. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. safety stock. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Computer applications in layout designs. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). structuring BOM. Introduction to Business Process Re-engineering.service levels. Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling – Silver. time-varying demands. managing and maintenance of MPS. Regression analysis and smoothing methods. White – PHI 3. Production systems – James . multi-item joint replacement model. Analysis of forecast error and computer control of forecasting systems. References: 1. performance measures.scheduling. A. Enterprise Resource Planning. Facilities Location and Layout – an analytical approach – R. Dispatching Module III Aggregate planning:. L. controlling continuous production. batch processing technique. Pyke & Peterson – John Willey & Sons University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Production Planning and Inventory Control – Narasimhan et al. Just-in-time. Routing problems:algorithms. Aggregate inventory management:. safety stock policies. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Riggs – John Wiley & Sons 6. implementation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. on consideration of facilities of working people. Operations Management: Strategy and Analysis – Krajewski LJ – Pearson Education 5. Master production schedule:.14 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Demand forecasting:. value of decision rules.806.L. PHI 2. slow-moving item forecasting.assumptions. Material Requirements Planning:.

Planning.progress payments. Project risk.Mcgraw Hill International Edition.importance of project management.Technical analysis. analysis. Gray & Erik W. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 172 . Project Evaluation and Review Techniques/cost mechanisms. cost as a function of time.projected cash flow statement and balance sheet. Project planning. Larson -McGraw Hill 3. selection.08.The project life cycle. Post project evaluation. project scheduling and network planning. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Generation and screening of project ideas. Social cost benefit analysis and economic rate of return. References: 1. 5.David I Cleland .Analysis-Selection-FinancingImplementation-Review. time-cost trade off. Basic techniques in capital budgeting-non discounting and discounting methods. Project Management – the Managerial Process – Clifford F. Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Concept of a project-classification of projects.Accounting rate of return-net present value-Benefit cost ratio-internal rate of return. expenditure planning. use of Critical Path Method (CPM). 1999 4.establishing project priorities( scope-costtime)project priority matrix. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.806. Market planning and marketing research process. Concepts and uses of PERT. Break even analysis. Capital budgeting break down back period. Module III Project administration. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. schedule of payments and physical progress. Determination of least cost duration. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Project management . Introduction to various Project management softwares. Module II Financial estimates and projections: Cost of projects-means of financingestimates of sales and production-cost of production-working capital requirement and its and demand analysisDemand forecasting techniques. Non-financial justification of projects. implementation and review – Prasannachandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Measurement aspects related to IC engines-speed measurement. Supercharging. delivery ratio. Scavenging models-perfect displacement and complete mixing model-scavenging efficiency-simple problems. exhaust gas measurement and treatment.806. Scavenging of 2 stroke engines – Schweitzer 6. Cylinder number. IC Engines – Heywood 4. airflow measurement. -Terminologies like reference mass. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Detailed design procedure for piston. effects of operating variables like compression ratio. scavenge ratio. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. IC Engine design –Richard James 5. size and arrangement . Comparison of fuel air cycle and actual cycle.08. cylinder and cylinder head. exhaust blow down.Ganesan 7. Fundamentals of IC Engines. IC Engines . MODULE II Two stroke engines-introduction-advantages and disadvantages-Scavengingvarious methods of scavenging and charge induction. connecting rod. Design of Intake and Exhaust port calculations (with the help of charts) Study of transducers for IC engine application (only brief description about various types) MODULE III Design of IC engines-Basic decisions.First law analysis of engine cycles-engine performance parameters –simple problems.F Taylor. Preliminary analysis. Review of Air standard cycle(brief description regarding the concepts)-Fuel air cycle and their analysis-dissociation. scavenging efficiency. References: 1 IC Engine theory and practise – C. and charging efficiency. torque measurement (only dynamometers). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 173 . IC Engines – Shyam K Agarwal University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. trapping efficiency. Actual cycle and their analysis-time loss factor. crank shaft.Materials and manufacturing process of main components of engines.V.1 and Vol. heat loss factor.Lickty 3. poppet valves. relative cylinder charge.2 2. fuel-air ratio on thermal efficiency and power.16 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF IC ENGINES Credits : 4 MODULE 1 Introduction-Basic engine components and nomenclature.Vol.

" Robotic engineering.Gonalez. Teach Pendant Programming. Lighting Techniques. Servo Motors – Salient Features. Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor. Frame Grabber. McGraw Hill International Edition. " Robotics Control sensing ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).C. welding.806. assembly. 1989. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.. Magnetic Grippers. Thomas A.C. Joint Notations.. Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands. Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. Roll.S. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Robotics and Image Processing”.K. Optical Encoders).G.. Analog Sensors). Selection and Design Considerations Module II Sensors and machine vision: Requirements of a sensor. Camera. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 174 .17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ROBOTICS Credits : 4 Module I Fundamentals of robot: Robot – Definition – Co-ordinate Systems. Chmielewski and Michael Negin. Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion.S. Inverse Kinematics and Differences. LVDT. and Lee C. Stepper Motor. 2001 3 Fu. Structured. Servo Motors.Point to point control.G. 2 M. Robot Parts and Their Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications. End effecter commands. Capacitive. McGraw-Hill Book Co. “Robotics for Engineers”. 1995 6 Richard D. Pay Load – Basic robot motions . and Ultrasonic). Vacuum Grippers.R. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers.A.. (Binary Sensors.. McGraw-Hill Book Co.C. Yu. 1987 4 Yoram Koren. Proximity Sensors (Inductive.S. Klafter.S. References 1 K. Vision and Intelligence”. Programming and Applications”. and Simple programs Industrial Applications: Application of robots in machining. “Robotics Control.Lee. Lead through programming. Gonzalz.An Integrated Approach ". 7 Industrial Robots. Robot drive systems and end effectors: Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D. McGraw-Hill.C. C. and material handling. Vision and Intelligence. Wrist Sensors. Yaw.Groover. 1992 5 Janakiraman. Lighting Approach. Speed of Motion. R. USA. Sensor Commands. Slip Sensors. Applications and Comparison of all these Drives.Kozyrev University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Sensing. End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers. A. Continuous path control. Work Envelope. Tata McGraw-Hill. “Industrial Robotics – Technology. NJ. Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle. 1987. Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers.. types and classification – Specifications – Pitch.08.P. Fu. Compliance Sensors. Internal Grippers and External Grippers.P. Module III Robot kinematics and robot programming: Forward Kinematics. Prentice Hall Inc. Image Storage. Resolvers. Touch Sensors. Englewoods Cliffs. Laser Range Meters).

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2.Schraj.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 175 chain progress – model for competing through supply chain management – PLC grid – supply chain redesign – Linking SC with customer. ERP – warehouse management system – product data management – cases. approaches . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. “Competitive Manufacturing Management”. Supply chain: Basic tasks – new corporate model.08.806. Supply chain management (SCM): The new paradigm. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). New Delhi 2000. NY 1998.N. Lasen.factors affecting logistics. T. definition.Nicolas.B. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. McGraw-Hill. “Hand Book of Supply Chain Management”. Module III Supply chain activity systems: Structuring the SC – SC and new products – functional roles in SC – SC design framework – collaborative product commerce. References: 1. SCM – Organization and information system: Management task – logistics organization – logistics information systems – topology of SC application – MRP. Lencie press.B. Viva Books. 2000 3. J.Ayers. P.the modular company – network relation – supply process –procurement process – Distribution management. St. Module II Evolution of supply chain models: Strategy and structure – Factors of supply chain – Manufacturing strategy stages .18 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Logistics – Concepts. “Managing Global Supply Chain”. J.

Frank W. Tool path generation.Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD model preparation. REFERENCES: 1. recoating issues. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Virtual prototypingRapid Tooling . laminated object manufacturing(LOM): Working Principles. Applications. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications. limitations and applications . materials and applications.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RAPID PROTOTYPING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Need . Selective Laser Melting. Other rapid prototyping technologies: Three dimensional Printing (3DP):Principle. Indirect and direct SLS.806. Model Slicing and contour data organization. second edition. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). types. direct and adaptive slicing. products. Electron Beam Melting – Rapid manufacturing.Data interfacing. material system. surface and solid modeling – data formats . Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Introduction. CRC Press.Liou. Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 176 . 4. modeling of SLS. 2003. Support structure design. Emad Abouel Nasr. details of processes. part-building.Impact of Rapid Prototyping on Product Development –Digital prototyping . process capabilities.. Peter D. Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS): Processes.Case studies. per-build process. Ali K.K. and Lim C.Jacobs. limitations and applications. Hilton/Jacobs. Andreas Gebhardt. materials. Hanser Gardener Publications.Hilton. mold SDM and applications. 2006. Paul F.powder structures. materials. Springer. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice. basic process. Module II Liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle. shape decomposition. materials. materials. process variables. Solid based.Development of RP systems – RP process chain . Liou W. products. Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems. Applications and case studies. 2003. 2000. post-build processes. types of printing. photo polymerization of SL resins. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. surface deviation and accuracy. process. World Scientific Publishers. weaknesses and applications. Chua C.. advantages. Rapid prototyping.S. process. advantages. Module III Powder based rapid prototyping systems: Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle.. 5. Reverse engineering and CAD modeling: Basic concept. Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications. advantages. products. post curing. details of processes. limitations and applications– Case Studies. 2. part quality and process planning.Liou. strength and weakness. Kamrani. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle. 3.F. 2007. strengths.Benefits. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. basic process. Part orientation and support generation.Applications. post processing. CRC press. Leong K.08. Physics of 3DP.

TiC. fused carbide cloth. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 177 . Special diffusion processes: Principle of diffusion processes – Boriding. SAW. Siliconising. Surface cements. properties and applications. 2. Module III Thin film coatings: Physical vapour deposition processes – Thermal evaporation . Furnace fusing.Metals Park. GMAW. Sudarshan T S. Wear: Types of wear . 1995. 1994. 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Kenneth G. thermal / chemical. Laser beam hardening / glazing ion inplantation. selective plating for repair.Ceramic coatings. FCAW. Aluminising. Marcel Dekker. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. electroless plating. REFERENCES: 1. Englewood Cliff. Wear tiles. pulsed plating. electrochemical conversion coating. plating of nickel.5.Selection of diffusion processes – Characteristics of diffused layer – micro structure and micro hardness evaluation – properties and applications. abrasive. OxyAcetylene Welding.806.08. TiN. oxidative. Ernest Rabinowicz. Electro spark deposition. tin and copper. 2nd edition. hard facing consumables. 1990.Budinski. “Friction and Wear of Materials”. Thermal -spray. flame spray processes HVOF. New York. hydrogen embrittlement. hard anodizing. PAW.sputter coating . Vol. Module II Hardfacing processes: SMAW. Chromising. plating properties. “Surface Modification Technologies – An Engineer’s guide”. John Wiley & Sons. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 4. chromium. corrosive. CBN. plating adhesion. Detonation gun and jet kote processes. Wear sleeves and Wear plates. High energy modification and special processes: Electron beam hardening/ glazing. centrifugal cast wear coatings. erosive and fretting wear. Composite surface created by laser and Electron beam. “Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance”. Diamond and DLC coatings.Ion plating – Chemical vapour deposition – reactive sputtering . GTAW. NY.adhesive. Alumina.Ohio. Structure.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SURFACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Tribology: Introduction to tribology. Sursulf . “Surface Engineering”. Plating Processes: Fundamentals of electrodeposition. 1989. roles of friction and lubrication and wear testing. ASM Metals Handbook. Prentice Hall.

1979. 2.. and Bidananda.G. Group "Technology in Engineering Industry".cases. R. Neural networks. Burbidge. Irani. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.806.H. J. Managerial structure and groups. batch sequencing and sizing. Askin. D. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. establishing a team approach. cost and non-cost based models.Models. Elsevier. Economics of GT/CMS: Conventional Vs group use of computer models in GT/CMS.I. B (Eds). life cycle issues in GT/CMS. Limitations of traditional manufacturing systems. benefits of GT and issues in GT.K. TAB Books . NY. Hand Book. 4. "Cellular Manufacturing Systems". Module II Design of CMS . "Planning. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.08. Implementation of GT/CMS: Inter and Intra cell layout.J. cell loading.A.London. 3. Simulated Annealing. design and analysis of cellular manufacturing systems". REFERENCES 1.21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF CELLULAR MANUFACTURING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Group Technology (GT). A. and Vakharia.PBC in GT/CMS. traditional approaches and non-traditional approaches -Genetic Algorithms. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1991. Cleland. A. Parsaei. (Eds). Human aspects of GT/CMS .R and Liles. GT and MRP framework. Cellular Manufacturing System (CMS) planning and design: Problems in GT/CMS.D. Kamrani.L. characteristics and design of groups. Mechanical Engineering pub. S. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 178 . Module III Performance measurement and control: Measuring CMS performance Parametric analysis . 1995.T "Planning and Operation. H. G. in The automated factory-Hand Book: Technology and Management".

. Duct design .F.Heating and humidification . Bernoulli’s equation. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Heat generation inside the conditioned space heat storage.evaporate cooling.various process . Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.low humidity applications Automobile and Train car air conditioning. References: 1. 3. 4.H.F Etc.22 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HEATING.S. Psychrometric properties and processes. Applicationscomfort air conditioning-effective temperature-thermal analysis of human body.use of psychrometric chart for air conditioning .S. G.method of duct design. Continuty equation.heat transfer through structures . Refrigeration and Air conditioning. 5.selection of design temperatures sources of heat load. W. 2.pressure drop in ducts.Arrangements of ducts. B. Module II Cooling and heating load calculation .H. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. fan – design. Priester.H. C. P. Manohar Prasad. G. radiation Infilteration and ventilation. thermal insulation Module III Heating systems-warm air systems-hot water systems steam heating systems-panel and central heating systems-heat pump circuit. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). pressure losses.F. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 179 . VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN Credits : 4 Module I Principles of refrigeration and psychrometry.cooling and dehumidification . G. pressure drop by graphical method. Air conditioning systems and its applications – Psychrometric chart. Jones.mixing of air streams . Air-conditioning Engineering Carriers Handbook system design of Air Conditioning R. Jordan.08. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.various process-sensible cooling and heating-adeabate saturation. Diversity and stratification.806.S. Arora. E. Design of air conditioning system.use &absorbent or adsorbent .Air conditioning systems.

the effects of forces and moments .hatch back. Pope. " Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ".methods to calculate forces and moments ..fundamental of fluid mechanics .startegies for aerodynamic development . 4. 1987.side wind problems . 3.resistance to vehicle motion .08.W.vehicle dynamics under side winds . Hucho.types of drag force . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.limitation of simulation . References: 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 180 .low drag profiles.drag force .flow phenomenon related to vehicles -external & internal flow problem . " Wind Tunnel Testing ". 1997.effect of fasteners.drag coefficient of cars .wind noise .flow field around car .historical development trends . SAE.measurement techniques . Butterworths Co. A. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1974. Ltd.analysis of aerodynamic drag ..stress with scale models – full scale wind tunnels .fuel consumption and performance . 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction scope . John Wiley & Sons.boat tailing .characteristics of forces and moments . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.performance .effects of gap configuration .23 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS L-T.principle of wind tunnel technology . MODULE-II Shape optimization of cars front end modification . Vehicle Aerodynamic.dirt accumulation on the vehicle . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). and transducers road testing methods – numerical MODULE-III Vehicle handling the origin of forces and moments on a vehicle .potential of vehicle aerodynamics.front and rear wind shield angle .H.. Automotive Aerodynamic : Update SP-706.drag reduction in commercial vehicles. New York. SP-1145. 2nd Edn.806. Wind tunnels for automotive aerodynamic introduction . fast back and square back -dust flow patterns at the rear . 2.D. Aerodynamic drag of cars cars as a bluff body .

resistance to digging and motion. Herbert Nicholos. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 181 . Kaloyer. Multiaxle vehicles. Bromberg and F. tractive effort. road rollers. A. elevating graders. chassis and transmission. Heavy duty petrol engines and high speed diesel engines. Moscow 2.24 OFF.08. self powered scrapers and graders. power required. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. single bucket. scrapers. MODULE II Earth Moving Machines: Bulldozers.ditchers .Power and capacity of earth moving machines. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Introduction: Power plants. air cooled and water cooled engines and air filters as in off highway vehicles. Tree dozer. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. (Only theory with out any numerical problems) Land Clearing Machines: Construction and working of Bush cutter.D. Fork Lifters References: 1.Road making machinery. MIR Publishers. Construction & Industrial Equipments: Construction and operational aspects of mobile cranes. revolving and stripper shovels . K. Scrapers and Graders: Scrapers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). number of speeds and gear ratios desirable. Crawler track. Jagman Singh.On and with the earth University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Loaders. drag and self powered types Dump trucks and dumpers . stampers. double reduction arrangements. cable and hydraulic dozers. elevators / Man lifters.ROAD VEHICLES L-T. running and steering gears.Capacity of shovels.Moving the earth 3.806. Performance characteristics of vehicles. Rippers. multi bucket and rotary types .drag lines . MODULE III Shovels and Ditchers: Power shovel. Abrosimov.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A.. SI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion.efficiency calculation.N. temperature drop due to fuel vaporization. Universities Press (I) Ltd. full throttle operation . New York. 1996.isentropic changes of state.R.problems. Hyderbad.S. validation of the computer code. simulation of engine performance. compression of simulated values. oxford. 4. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 1986. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).measurement of urp . " Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes ".. equilibrium calculations. different heat transfer models. constant volume adiabatic combustion.08.V.25 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF IC ENGINE PROCESSES L-T. Ashley Campbel. Benson. John Wiley & Sons. Pergamon Press. whitehouse. friction calculation. pressure crank angle diagram and other engine performance..heat of reaction . " Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines ". Diesel engine simulation multi zone model for combustion.D. Module-III Progressive combustion SI engines simulation with progressive combustion with gas exchange process. super charged operation. engine performance simulation. constant pressure adiabatic combustion. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction .806.measurement of hrp adiabatic flame temperature: complete combustion in c/h/o/n systems. Module-II SI engine simulation with air as working medium deviation between actual and ideal cycle . heat transfer process. Ganesan. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. SI engine simulation References: 1. simulation for pollution estimation. 3. part-throttle operation.. 1979. " Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process ". calculation of adiabatic flame temperature . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 182 . " Internal Combustion Engines ".L. Ramoss. 1992.D.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful